Upload
moinul-abu-hamza
View
236
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1 983151983142 983092983093
983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150
bull The Arabic language is the vehicle chosen by Allah to communicate his final message tohumanity It is a language that is highly systematic and easy to learn exceedingly poetic
musical and aesthetic and thus highly pleasing to the ear and vastly comprehensive in itssubtleties and implications and thus ideal for divine revelation
bull Language in general is formed from certain basic units in order of increasing complexityletters followed by words and then phrases then sentences and paragraphs and in its highestforms poetry prose and literature
bull There are 24 letters of the Arabic alphabet and they are termed ا فو In thismanual knowledge of these letters and their script is assumed and our study shall begin withwords
bull Every word ( ـ ــ آ ) in the Arabic language is either a noun ( إ ) verb ( ) or particle (ف
) This manual will be divided on the basis of these three basic categories and each
shall be discussed thoroughly in a separate unitbull This effort is directed solely towards understanding the Noble Qurrsquoan rather than modernspoken Arabic Therefore most examples are based on Qurrsquoanic verses and vocabulary Atthe same time since Allahrsquos Book preserves the Arabic language in its purest and mostrefined state studying it will reinforce the highest linguistic standards of Arabic Thereforethis will prove useful in other endeavors as well including comprehending Arabic andIslamic literature and even to an extent spoken Arabic
bull The manual is composed of three units which subsequently consist of basic lessons Mostlessons begin with a boxed illustration of its principles I have endeavored to use those versesand phrases as models that are familiar to most Muslims The best way to remember anylessons and rules is through remembering their applied examples Therefore effort should be
made to review and memorize the illustration of each lesson before and after studying thatlesson In that way the rules will be solidified in your memory and in the future you merelyhave to recall these models in order to remember the rules
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2 983151983142 983092983093
983124983105983106983116983109 983119983110 983107983119983118983124983109983118983124983123
983125983118983113983124 1983098 983124983144983141 983118983151983157983150
983124983144983141 983118983151983157983150 983137983150983140 983145983156983155 983092 983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141983155 983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141
983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 983124983141983150983155983141 983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 983124983141983150983155983141
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983140983158983137983150983139983141983140 983124983151983152983145983139983155
983117983141983137983150983155 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137 983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 1983098 983124983112983109 983118983119983125983118
regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicrolsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-
Baqarah 2]regOgrave = asymp t G Iuml timesΠθ egraveoacute 983287 pound ∆lang
983124983144983141 983118983151983157983150 983137983150983140 983145983156983155 983092 983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141983155
bull A noun is simply a person place or thing Nouns can serve as subjects or objects of verbsbull All nouns have three basic attributes definiteness gender and number Of these the attribute
of gender is generally fixed (that is all nouns are either masculine or feminine in all cases)while the others are variable depending on the situation and context A fourth attribute is thecase which is governed by the context and position of the word in each sentence
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 1983098 983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141983150983141983155983155
bull This is an extremely important distinction inArabic grammar and serves as a suitable
starting point and base upon which theunderstanding of nouns are built Basicallyall nouns are either definite ( وف
) orindefinite ( ـ ـ ) Definite nouns refer tospecific things or objects (eg ldquothe bookrdquo) while indefinite nouns refer to generic thingsrather than specific ones (eg ldquoa bookrdquo)
bull Most definite nouns are either proper nouns (which are names of people or places) orcommon nouns (which are nouns other than names) Note that all names or proper nouns arealways definite since a specific person or place is being referred to Common nouns on theother hand can be made definite or indefinite
bull It is critical to be able to recognize this attribute of nouns Indefinite nouns are recognized by
the fact that they end in tanween (a double vowel appearing either as or ) This can beconsidered the default state for all nouns To convert indefinite nouns into definite ones youmust add the prefix al- ( ل ) and drop one vowel from the ending tanweenا
Indefinite Definite
ب آ Kitaabun
ldquoa bookrdquoب ا
Alkitaabu
ldquothe bookrdquo
ف
Khawfun
ldquofearrdquo ا ف
Alkhawfu
ldquothe fearrdquo
bull As for names or proper nouns most of them end in tanween for masculine nameso Muhammado ز Zaydo
Nuhح
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983092 983151983142 983092983093
bull Female names however do not end in tanween as a general rule but usually end in tamarbutah ( ) with a single vowelة
o o o (The only female name mentioned in the Qurrsquoan)
bull Practice List all of the nouns that appear in the following verse [al-Baqarah 255]
o ا ldquoAllahrdquoo ا ldquothe Living Onerdquoo ـ ام ldquotheo ldquosleeprdquoo م ldquoslumberrdquoo
ـ
ات ldquothe heavensrdquoo ضا ر ldquothe earthrdquo
bull Of these the first is a proper noun the name of Allahbull The second noun ا is a definite noun that is an attribute describing Allah Because this
attribute is referring to a definite noun (Allah) it must also be definite To convert this nounto the indefinite form you must drop the definite article from the beginning and end it withtanween
bull م ـ ا is another definite noun that is also an attribute of Allah Its indefinite form is م ـ bull ـ is an indefinite noun that describes and abstract thing Its definite form is ـ ا
Similarly the definite form of م ـ would be ا ـم bull
ـ
ات is the plural form of the noun (we will learn plurals shortly) Its indefiniteform would be ت
bull The indefinite of isارض رض أ
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 2983098 983111983141983150983140983141983154 ـ
bull Unlike some languages such as English in Arabic all nouns possess a fixed gender In otherwords all Arabic nouns are either masculine or feminine In some cases their gender can berecognized by certain features but in other cases you just have to know the gender (or lookit up)
bull A common sign of a feminine noun is the ta marbutah ( ) endingةo ldquoa wise womanrdquoo ldquoa woman of knowledgerdquo
reg ordf $Iωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc)u θ egraveδ983287copy y prod oslash9 $atildeΠθ bulllsaquo s ) oslash9 $ 4 Ÿωhellip ccedilνaumllsaquo egraveugrave s timesπ u Ζ AringtradeŸωu ρ timesΠouml θ t Ρ 4 hellip ccedilmicro copy9$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml equivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Βu ρrsquo Icirc ucirc Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983093 983151983142 983092983093
o و ldquoa willrdquobull Although most nouns have a fixed gender some can be converted between masculine and
feminine by the use of the ta marbutah ( ) ending These nouns are usually those pertainingةto professions or characteristics Some examples include
Masculine Feminine ldquoMuslimsrdquo
ldquoBelieversrdquo
bull In general nouns that are considered feminine are the followingo All nouns ending in taa marbutah ( ) which includes not only most femaleة
names but many objects as well
o Some female names that donrsquot happen to end in taa marbutah like o Body parts that exist in pairs like ldquohandrdquoo Letters of the Arabic alphabeto Names of places like cities towns and countrieso Other nouns considered feminine traditionally like ldquosunrdquo and ض أر ldquoearthrdquo
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 3983098 983118983157983149983138983141983154
bull Most languages have two forms for most nouns a singular form for single objects and a plural form for two or more objects In Arabic there are three numbers for most nounssingular dual (for two) and plural (three or more)
bull Most common nouns follow the following pattern in forming their pluralsMasculine Feminine
Singular د
Dual ن ن
Plural ن ت
bull These are called sound plurals [ ا ا ] and they generally involve only nouns and
adjectives applying to human beings However sound feminine plurals can sometimes beused for non-human objects as wello Eg Companies ت آ
bull Adjectives following the farsquoeel pattern also generally have sound masculine pluralso Eg ـ ـ ـ
bull Most female adjectives ending in ta marbutah also take the sound feminine pluralsbull In summary there are two types of plurals sound and broken (irregular) Sound plurals
are formed in the above manner and they are the default
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983094 983151983142 983092983093
bull Other nouns are made plural in irregular ways (called broken plurals) that donrsquot followone particular pattern They are best memorized although there are a number of basic patterns1
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 983092983098 983107983137983155983141983155 983151983142 983118983151983157983150983155 ء bull All nouns in Arabic must exist in one of these three cases depending on their contextwithin the sentence These three cases are differentiated by their ending vowels This is
referred to as the declension of nouns ( ا )
Cases Used for Ends in
1 Nominativeع
Considered the default case this isused for the subject of a sentence orthe predicate of a nominal sentence
Dhamma [ ] or [ ]
2 Accusative ب
Used for the object of a verb predicate of certain particles and
objects for expressing aim or purpose
Fatha [ ] or [ ]
3 Genitive ور Used for possession and for objects of
prepositions Kasrah [ ] or [ ]
bull It must be noted that some nouns are exceptional in that they do not accept certainendings
o For instance names of females and feminine proper names (eg names ofcountries which donrsquot begin with al-) not only do not accept tanween in theirending but also never take kasrah as an ending Their genitive case therefore isgoverned by a fatha rather than kasra These nouns end in fatha for both theaccusative and genitive cases Because the two forms are identical the only way
to distinguish the case is from the context of the sentenceo The following series of verses illustrates the use of the name Maryam ( ـ ) in
all three cases1 In the following verse Allah recalls the blessed moment that the
angels came to Maryam to proclaim her exalted status Here the word Maryam is being used as the subject and therefore ends in dhamma
regoslashŒ Icirc)u ρIuml M s 9$ s egraveπ x 6 Iacutetimes macr asymp n = y ϑ oslash9 $atildeΝ t ƒouml y ϑasymp t ƒβ Icirc) copy $Aring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $Iuml8t poundγ s Ucircu ρAring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $u ρ4rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl Icirc Σš Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $langAnd recall when the angels said ldquoO Maryam Behold Allah has chosen you and has made you pure and has exalted you above all the women in the world [Aal Imran 42]
2 The mother of Maryam revealed her intent to name her daughterMaryam by saying ldquoI have named her Maryamrdquo Here Maryam isused as the object of the sentence and would thus end in fatha [AalImran 36]
regrsquo Icirc o Τ Icirc)u ρ$ p κ ccedil J oslashlsaquo poundϑ y tradez Ο t ƒouml t Βlang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983095 983151983142 983092983093
regoumlcong egraveu θ egraveδ ordf $icircpermil y mr amplang Say He Allah is one [al-
3 Allah emphatically refutes the Christian claims regarding Jesus anddescribes him as His command sent to Maryam Here Maryam is theobject of the preposition ldquotordquo and thus takes the genitive case whichnormally ends in kasrah However Maryam is a female name that does
not take tanween and would therefore end in fatha
reg$ y ϑ Ρ Icirc)szligx Š Aringiexcl y ϑ oslash9 $copy | curren Š Iumlatildeszlig oslash⌠ $z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒUacute θ THORNtradeu lsquolaquo $yumlhellip ccedilmicro ccedilF y ϑ Icirc= Ÿ2u ρ $ y γ 9 s ) oslash9r amp4rsquo n lt Icirc)z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒOacutey ρacirc lsquou ρ ccedilmicro divideΖ IumliΒlang
The Messiah Jesus son of Mary was no more than a Messenger of Allah and His command sentto Mary and a spirit from Him [Nisaa 171]
o To summarize the declension of the name Maryam and all similar female namesin the three cases would be as follows
Nominative ع ــ
Accusative ب ــ
Genitive ور ــ
o Some plural forms of nouns also do not accept tanween but only carry a singlevowel on their ending Like female names they use the fatha to indicate both theaccusative and genitive case
983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141 ـ bull In Arabic the adjectives are considered nouns since they can stand by themselves as
independent nouns or can be attached to other nouns to modify thembull As a general rule adjectives are always placed after the nouns they modify
o For example ldquoone godrdquo would be ـ وا ـإ ـ bull Remember that adjectives must always agree with their nouns in all of their attributes
including number gender definiteness and case
983124983144983141 983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From nouns you can begin to build basic sentencesThese are called nominal sentences and do not requireany other addition elements
bull A nominative sentence is one that begins with a nounand is built upon a subject and predicate The simple nominative sentence consists ofonly two nouns the first being the subject ( ) ) and the second the predicateا أ ا ) This is a basic descriptive sentence in which the predicate essentially provides someinformation about the subject In these sentences the subject is always definite and the predicate always indefinite
bull Consider the following examples
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983096 983151983142 983092983093
أ ا ldquoAllah is onerdquo
ر ل ldquoMuhammad is a messengerrdquo
ة إ ن ا ldquoThe believers are brothersrdquo
ا نال ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull Note that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense (ldquoisrdquo ldquoarerdquo) is understood and neverwritten in Arabic
bull The subject must always agree with the predicate in gender and number For instanceo Singular اما ldquoThe man is a maintainerrdquoo Plural of the same sentence ا نا ل ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull In summary you must remember three basic rules for the simple nominative sentence1 The subject is always definite while the predicate is usually indefinite (in
other types of nominative sentences the predicate may be definite as well)2 The subject and predicate must always agree in gender and number3 Both the subject and predicate are always in the nominative case (unless there
exists an element that necessitates a change of case of one of the nouns)bull In other types of nominative sentences the predicates can be in addition to nouns
pronouns adjectives adverbs prepositional phrases and even verbal sentencesbull Note that in general the nominative sentences cannot begin with indefinite nouns (since
the subject must always be definite as a rule) To make simple sentences with indefinitenouns as subjects you must place the predicate before the subject
o For instance consider the sentence ldquoThe book is in the houserdquo which involves a prepositional phrase (more on that later) as a predicate
ا ب ـ ا To say ldquo A book is in the houserdquo or ldquoThere is a book in the houserdquo you would have torearrange the sentence as follows ldquoIn the house is a bookrdquo
ا آ ب
bull However indefinite nouns can begin nominative sentences if they are preceded by aninterrogative particle or a negative particle or if itrsquos the first term of an idafa constructionor if it is modified by an adjective These elements are covered in later chapters but someillustrations from the Qurrsquoan should suffice
reg timesmicroasymp s 9Iumltrader ampy igrave Βlaquo $lang Is there a god alongside Allah [Naml 64]
regOacutepermil ouml7 y egrave s 9u ρiacute IumlΒdivide σ bullΒ times ouml y z IumliΒ 78 Icirc ocirc sup3 bullΒouml θ s 9u ρoumlΝ auml 3 t 6 y f ocircatilder amplang And surely a believing slave is better than an idolatrous [free man] though he may please you
[al-Baqarah 221]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2 983151983142 983092983093
983124983105983106983116983109 983119983110 983107983119983118983124983109983118983124983123
983125983118983113983124 1983098 983124983144983141 983118983151983157983150
983124983144983141 983118983151983157983150 983137983150983140 983145983156983155 983092 983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141983155 983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141
983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 983124983141983150983155983141 983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 983124983141983150983155983141
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983140983158983137983150983139983141983140 983124983151983152983145983139983155
983117983141983137983150983155 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137 983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 1983098 983124983112983109 983118983119983125983118
regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicrolsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-
Baqarah 2]regOgrave = asymp t G Iuml timesΠθ egraveoacute 983287 pound ∆lang
983124983144983141 983118983151983157983150 983137983150983140 983145983156983155 983092 983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141983155
bull A noun is simply a person place or thing Nouns can serve as subjects or objects of verbsbull All nouns have three basic attributes definiteness gender and number Of these the attribute
of gender is generally fixed (that is all nouns are either masculine or feminine in all cases)while the others are variable depending on the situation and context A fourth attribute is thecase which is governed by the context and position of the word in each sentence
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 1983098 983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141983150983141983155983155
bull This is an extremely important distinction inArabic grammar and serves as a suitable
starting point and base upon which theunderstanding of nouns are built Basicallyall nouns are either definite ( وف
) orindefinite ( ـ ـ ) Definite nouns refer tospecific things or objects (eg ldquothe bookrdquo) while indefinite nouns refer to generic thingsrather than specific ones (eg ldquoa bookrdquo)
bull Most definite nouns are either proper nouns (which are names of people or places) orcommon nouns (which are nouns other than names) Note that all names or proper nouns arealways definite since a specific person or place is being referred to Common nouns on theother hand can be made definite or indefinite
bull It is critical to be able to recognize this attribute of nouns Indefinite nouns are recognized by
the fact that they end in tanween (a double vowel appearing either as or ) This can beconsidered the default state for all nouns To convert indefinite nouns into definite ones youmust add the prefix al- ( ل ) and drop one vowel from the ending tanweenا
Indefinite Definite
ب آ Kitaabun
ldquoa bookrdquoب ا
Alkitaabu
ldquothe bookrdquo
ف
Khawfun
ldquofearrdquo ا ف
Alkhawfu
ldquothe fearrdquo
bull As for names or proper nouns most of them end in tanween for masculine nameso Muhammado ز Zaydo
Nuhح
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983092 983151983142 983092983093
bull Female names however do not end in tanween as a general rule but usually end in tamarbutah ( ) with a single vowelة
o o o (The only female name mentioned in the Qurrsquoan)
bull Practice List all of the nouns that appear in the following verse [al-Baqarah 255]
o ا ldquoAllahrdquoo ا ldquothe Living Onerdquoo ـ ام ldquotheo ldquosleeprdquoo م ldquoslumberrdquoo
ـ
ات ldquothe heavensrdquoo ضا ر ldquothe earthrdquo
bull Of these the first is a proper noun the name of Allahbull The second noun ا is a definite noun that is an attribute describing Allah Because this
attribute is referring to a definite noun (Allah) it must also be definite To convert this nounto the indefinite form you must drop the definite article from the beginning and end it withtanween
bull م ـ ا is another definite noun that is also an attribute of Allah Its indefinite form is م ـ bull ـ is an indefinite noun that describes and abstract thing Its definite form is ـ ا
Similarly the definite form of م ـ would be ا ـم bull
ـ
ات is the plural form of the noun (we will learn plurals shortly) Its indefiniteform would be ت
bull The indefinite of isارض رض أ
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 2983098 983111983141983150983140983141983154 ـ
bull Unlike some languages such as English in Arabic all nouns possess a fixed gender In otherwords all Arabic nouns are either masculine or feminine In some cases their gender can berecognized by certain features but in other cases you just have to know the gender (or lookit up)
bull A common sign of a feminine noun is the ta marbutah ( ) endingةo ldquoa wise womanrdquoo ldquoa woman of knowledgerdquo
reg ordf $Iωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc)u θ egraveδ983287copy y prod oslash9 $atildeΠθ bulllsaquo s ) oslash9 $ 4 Ÿωhellip ccedilνaumllsaquo egraveugrave s timesπ u Ζ AringtradeŸωu ρ timesΠouml θ t Ρ 4 hellip ccedilmicro copy9$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml equivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Βu ρrsquo Icirc ucirc Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983093 983151983142 983092983093
o و ldquoa willrdquobull Although most nouns have a fixed gender some can be converted between masculine and
feminine by the use of the ta marbutah ( ) ending These nouns are usually those pertainingةto professions or characteristics Some examples include
Masculine Feminine ldquoMuslimsrdquo
ldquoBelieversrdquo
bull In general nouns that are considered feminine are the followingo All nouns ending in taa marbutah ( ) which includes not only most femaleة
names but many objects as well
o Some female names that donrsquot happen to end in taa marbutah like o Body parts that exist in pairs like ldquohandrdquoo Letters of the Arabic alphabeto Names of places like cities towns and countrieso Other nouns considered feminine traditionally like ldquosunrdquo and ض أر ldquoearthrdquo
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 3983098 983118983157983149983138983141983154
bull Most languages have two forms for most nouns a singular form for single objects and a plural form for two or more objects In Arabic there are three numbers for most nounssingular dual (for two) and plural (three or more)
bull Most common nouns follow the following pattern in forming their pluralsMasculine Feminine
Singular د
Dual ن ن
Plural ن ت
bull These are called sound plurals [ ا ا ] and they generally involve only nouns and
adjectives applying to human beings However sound feminine plurals can sometimes beused for non-human objects as wello Eg Companies ت آ
bull Adjectives following the farsquoeel pattern also generally have sound masculine pluralso Eg ـ ـ ـ
bull Most female adjectives ending in ta marbutah also take the sound feminine pluralsbull In summary there are two types of plurals sound and broken (irregular) Sound plurals
are formed in the above manner and they are the default
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983094 983151983142 983092983093
bull Other nouns are made plural in irregular ways (called broken plurals) that donrsquot followone particular pattern They are best memorized although there are a number of basic patterns1
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 983092983098 983107983137983155983141983155 983151983142 983118983151983157983150983155 ء bull All nouns in Arabic must exist in one of these three cases depending on their contextwithin the sentence These three cases are differentiated by their ending vowels This is
referred to as the declension of nouns ( ا )
Cases Used for Ends in
1 Nominativeع
Considered the default case this isused for the subject of a sentence orthe predicate of a nominal sentence
Dhamma [ ] or [ ]
2 Accusative ب
Used for the object of a verb predicate of certain particles and
objects for expressing aim or purpose
Fatha [ ] or [ ]
3 Genitive ور Used for possession and for objects of
prepositions Kasrah [ ] or [ ]
bull It must be noted that some nouns are exceptional in that they do not accept certainendings
o For instance names of females and feminine proper names (eg names ofcountries which donrsquot begin with al-) not only do not accept tanween in theirending but also never take kasrah as an ending Their genitive case therefore isgoverned by a fatha rather than kasra These nouns end in fatha for both theaccusative and genitive cases Because the two forms are identical the only way
to distinguish the case is from the context of the sentenceo The following series of verses illustrates the use of the name Maryam ( ـ ) in
all three cases1 In the following verse Allah recalls the blessed moment that the
angels came to Maryam to proclaim her exalted status Here the word Maryam is being used as the subject and therefore ends in dhamma
regoslashŒ Icirc)u ρIuml M s 9$ s egraveπ x 6 Iacutetimes macr asymp n = y ϑ oslash9 $atildeΝ t ƒouml y ϑasymp t ƒβ Icirc) copy $Aring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $Iuml8t poundγ s Ucircu ρAring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $u ρ4rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl Icirc Σš Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $langAnd recall when the angels said ldquoO Maryam Behold Allah has chosen you and has made you pure and has exalted you above all the women in the world [Aal Imran 42]
2 The mother of Maryam revealed her intent to name her daughterMaryam by saying ldquoI have named her Maryamrdquo Here Maryam isused as the object of the sentence and would thus end in fatha [AalImran 36]
regrsquo Icirc o Τ Icirc)u ρ$ p κ ccedil J oslashlsaquo poundϑ y tradez Ο t ƒouml t Βlang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983095 983151983142 983092983093
regoumlcong egraveu θ egraveδ ordf $icircpermil y mr amplang Say He Allah is one [al-
3 Allah emphatically refutes the Christian claims regarding Jesus anddescribes him as His command sent to Maryam Here Maryam is theobject of the preposition ldquotordquo and thus takes the genitive case whichnormally ends in kasrah However Maryam is a female name that does
not take tanween and would therefore end in fatha
reg$ y ϑ Ρ Icirc)szligx Š Aringiexcl y ϑ oslash9 $copy | curren Š Iumlatildeszlig oslash⌠ $z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒUacute θ THORNtradeu lsquolaquo $yumlhellip ccedilmicro ccedilF y ϑ Icirc= Ÿ2u ρ $ y γ 9 s ) oslash9r amp4rsquo n lt Icirc)z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒOacutey ρacirc lsquou ρ ccedilmicro divideΖ IumliΒlang
The Messiah Jesus son of Mary was no more than a Messenger of Allah and His command sentto Mary and a spirit from Him [Nisaa 171]
o To summarize the declension of the name Maryam and all similar female namesin the three cases would be as follows
Nominative ع ــ
Accusative ب ــ
Genitive ور ــ
o Some plural forms of nouns also do not accept tanween but only carry a singlevowel on their ending Like female names they use the fatha to indicate both theaccusative and genitive case
983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141 ـ bull In Arabic the adjectives are considered nouns since they can stand by themselves as
independent nouns or can be attached to other nouns to modify thembull As a general rule adjectives are always placed after the nouns they modify
o For example ldquoone godrdquo would be ـ وا ـإ ـ bull Remember that adjectives must always agree with their nouns in all of their attributes
including number gender definiteness and case
983124983144983141 983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From nouns you can begin to build basic sentencesThese are called nominal sentences and do not requireany other addition elements
bull A nominative sentence is one that begins with a nounand is built upon a subject and predicate The simple nominative sentence consists ofonly two nouns the first being the subject ( ) ) and the second the predicateا أ ا ) This is a basic descriptive sentence in which the predicate essentially provides someinformation about the subject In these sentences the subject is always definite and the predicate always indefinite
bull Consider the following examples
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983096 983151983142 983092983093
أ ا ldquoAllah is onerdquo
ر ل ldquoMuhammad is a messengerrdquo
ة إ ن ا ldquoThe believers are brothersrdquo
ا نال ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull Note that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense (ldquoisrdquo ldquoarerdquo) is understood and neverwritten in Arabic
bull The subject must always agree with the predicate in gender and number For instanceo Singular اما ldquoThe man is a maintainerrdquoo Plural of the same sentence ا نا ل ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull In summary you must remember three basic rules for the simple nominative sentence1 The subject is always definite while the predicate is usually indefinite (in
other types of nominative sentences the predicate may be definite as well)2 The subject and predicate must always agree in gender and number3 Both the subject and predicate are always in the nominative case (unless there
exists an element that necessitates a change of case of one of the nouns)bull In other types of nominative sentences the predicates can be in addition to nouns
pronouns adjectives adverbs prepositional phrases and even verbal sentencesbull Note that in general the nominative sentences cannot begin with indefinite nouns (since
the subject must always be definite as a rule) To make simple sentences with indefinitenouns as subjects you must place the predicate before the subject
o For instance consider the sentence ldquoThe book is in the houserdquo which involves a prepositional phrase (more on that later) as a predicate
ا ب ـ ا To say ldquo A book is in the houserdquo or ldquoThere is a book in the houserdquo you would have torearrange the sentence as follows ldquoIn the house is a bookrdquo
ا آ ب
bull However indefinite nouns can begin nominative sentences if they are preceded by aninterrogative particle or a negative particle or if itrsquos the first term of an idafa constructionor if it is modified by an adjective These elements are covered in later chapters but someillustrations from the Qurrsquoan should suffice
reg timesmicroasymp s 9Iumltrader ampy igrave Βlaquo $lang Is there a god alongside Allah [Naml 64]
regOacutepermil ouml7 y egrave s 9u ρiacute IumlΒdivide σ bullΒ times ouml y z IumliΒ 78 Icirc ocirc sup3 bullΒouml θ s 9u ρoumlΝ auml 3 t 6 y f ocircatilder amplang And surely a believing slave is better than an idolatrous [free man] though he may please you
[al-Baqarah 221]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 1983098 983124983112983109 983118983119983125983118
regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicrolsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-
Baqarah 2]regOgrave = asymp t G Iuml timesΠθ egraveoacute 983287 pound ∆lang
983124983144983141 983118983151983157983150 983137983150983140 983145983156983155 983092 983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141983155
bull A noun is simply a person place or thing Nouns can serve as subjects or objects of verbsbull All nouns have three basic attributes definiteness gender and number Of these the attribute
of gender is generally fixed (that is all nouns are either masculine or feminine in all cases)while the others are variable depending on the situation and context A fourth attribute is thecase which is governed by the context and position of the word in each sentence
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 1983098 983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141983150983141983155983155
bull This is an extremely important distinction inArabic grammar and serves as a suitable
starting point and base upon which theunderstanding of nouns are built Basicallyall nouns are either definite ( وف
) orindefinite ( ـ ـ ) Definite nouns refer tospecific things or objects (eg ldquothe bookrdquo) while indefinite nouns refer to generic thingsrather than specific ones (eg ldquoa bookrdquo)
bull Most definite nouns are either proper nouns (which are names of people or places) orcommon nouns (which are nouns other than names) Note that all names or proper nouns arealways definite since a specific person or place is being referred to Common nouns on theother hand can be made definite or indefinite
bull It is critical to be able to recognize this attribute of nouns Indefinite nouns are recognized by
the fact that they end in tanween (a double vowel appearing either as or ) This can beconsidered the default state for all nouns To convert indefinite nouns into definite ones youmust add the prefix al- ( ل ) and drop one vowel from the ending tanweenا
Indefinite Definite
ب آ Kitaabun
ldquoa bookrdquoب ا
Alkitaabu
ldquothe bookrdquo
ف
Khawfun
ldquofearrdquo ا ف
Alkhawfu
ldquothe fearrdquo
bull As for names or proper nouns most of them end in tanween for masculine nameso Muhammado ز Zaydo
Nuhح
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983092 983151983142 983092983093
bull Female names however do not end in tanween as a general rule but usually end in tamarbutah ( ) with a single vowelة
o o o (The only female name mentioned in the Qurrsquoan)
bull Practice List all of the nouns that appear in the following verse [al-Baqarah 255]
o ا ldquoAllahrdquoo ا ldquothe Living Onerdquoo ـ ام ldquotheo ldquosleeprdquoo م ldquoslumberrdquoo
ـ
ات ldquothe heavensrdquoo ضا ر ldquothe earthrdquo
bull Of these the first is a proper noun the name of Allahbull The second noun ا is a definite noun that is an attribute describing Allah Because this
attribute is referring to a definite noun (Allah) it must also be definite To convert this nounto the indefinite form you must drop the definite article from the beginning and end it withtanween
bull م ـ ا is another definite noun that is also an attribute of Allah Its indefinite form is م ـ bull ـ is an indefinite noun that describes and abstract thing Its definite form is ـ ا
Similarly the definite form of م ـ would be ا ـم bull
ـ
ات is the plural form of the noun (we will learn plurals shortly) Its indefiniteform would be ت
bull The indefinite of isارض رض أ
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 2983098 983111983141983150983140983141983154 ـ
bull Unlike some languages such as English in Arabic all nouns possess a fixed gender In otherwords all Arabic nouns are either masculine or feminine In some cases their gender can berecognized by certain features but in other cases you just have to know the gender (or lookit up)
bull A common sign of a feminine noun is the ta marbutah ( ) endingةo ldquoa wise womanrdquoo ldquoa woman of knowledgerdquo
reg ordf $Iωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc)u θ egraveδ983287copy y prod oslash9 $atildeΠθ bulllsaquo s ) oslash9 $ 4 Ÿωhellip ccedilνaumllsaquo egraveugrave s timesπ u Ζ AringtradeŸωu ρ timesΠouml θ t Ρ 4 hellip ccedilmicro copy9$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml equivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Βu ρrsquo Icirc ucirc Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983093 983151983142 983092983093
o و ldquoa willrdquobull Although most nouns have a fixed gender some can be converted between masculine and
feminine by the use of the ta marbutah ( ) ending These nouns are usually those pertainingةto professions or characteristics Some examples include
Masculine Feminine ldquoMuslimsrdquo
ldquoBelieversrdquo
bull In general nouns that are considered feminine are the followingo All nouns ending in taa marbutah ( ) which includes not only most femaleة
names but many objects as well
o Some female names that donrsquot happen to end in taa marbutah like o Body parts that exist in pairs like ldquohandrdquoo Letters of the Arabic alphabeto Names of places like cities towns and countrieso Other nouns considered feminine traditionally like ldquosunrdquo and ض أر ldquoearthrdquo
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 3983098 983118983157983149983138983141983154
bull Most languages have two forms for most nouns a singular form for single objects and a plural form for two or more objects In Arabic there are three numbers for most nounssingular dual (for two) and plural (three or more)
bull Most common nouns follow the following pattern in forming their pluralsMasculine Feminine
Singular د
Dual ن ن
Plural ن ت
bull These are called sound plurals [ ا ا ] and they generally involve only nouns and
adjectives applying to human beings However sound feminine plurals can sometimes beused for non-human objects as wello Eg Companies ت آ
bull Adjectives following the farsquoeel pattern also generally have sound masculine pluralso Eg ـ ـ ـ
bull Most female adjectives ending in ta marbutah also take the sound feminine pluralsbull In summary there are two types of plurals sound and broken (irregular) Sound plurals
are formed in the above manner and they are the default
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983094 983151983142 983092983093
bull Other nouns are made plural in irregular ways (called broken plurals) that donrsquot followone particular pattern They are best memorized although there are a number of basic patterns1
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 983092983098 983107983137983155983141983155 983151983142 983118983151983157983150983155 ء bull All nouns in Arabic must exist in one of these three cases depending on their contextwithin the sentence These three cases are differentiated by their ending vowels This is
referred to as the declension of nouns ( ا )
Cases Used for Ends in
1 Nominativeع
Considered the default case this isused for the subject of a sentence orthe predicate of a nominal sentence
Dhamma [ ] or [ ]
2 Accusative ب
Used for the object of a verb predicate of certain particles and
objects for expressing aim or purpose
Fatha [ ] or [ ]
3 Genitive ور Used for possession and for objects of
prepositions Kasrah [ ] or [ ]
bull It must be noted that some nouns are exceptional in that they do not accept certainendings
o For instance names of females and feminine proper names (eg names ofcountries which donrsquot begin with al-) not only do not accept tanween in theirending but also never take kasrah as an ending Their genitive case therefore isgoverned by a fatha rather than kasra These nouns end in fatha for both theaccusative and genitive cases Because the two forms are identical the only way
to distinguish the case is from the context of the sentenceo The following series of verses illustrates the use of the name Maryam ( ـ ) in
all three cases1 In the following verse Allah recalls the blessed moment that the
angels came to Maryam to proclaim her exalted status Here the word Maryam is being used as the subject and therefore ends in dhamma
regoslashŒ Icirc)u ρIuml M s 9$ s egraveπ x 6 Iacutetimes macr asymp n = y ϑ oslash9 $atildeΝ t ƒouml y ϑasymp t ƒβ Icirc) copy $Aring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $Iuml8t poundγ s Ucircu ρAring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $u ρ4rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl Icirc Σš Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $langAnd recall when the angels said ldquoO Maryam Behold Allah has chosen you and has made you pure and has exalted you above all the women in the world [Aal Imran 42]
2 The mother of Maryam revealed her intent to name her daughterMaryam by saying ldquoI have named her Maryamrdquo Here Maryam isused as the object of the sentence and would thus end in fatha [AalImran 36]
regrsquo Icirc o Τ Icirc)u ρ$ p κ ccedil J oslashlsaquo poundϑ y tradez Ο t ƒouml t Βlang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983095 983151983142 983092983093
regoumlcong egraveu θ egraveδ ordf $icircpermil y mr amplang Say He Allah is one [al-
3 Allah emphatically refutes the Christian claims regarding Jesus anddescribes him as His command sent to Maryam Here Maryam is theobject of the preposition ldquotordquo and thus takes the genitive case whichnormally ends in kasrah However Maryam is a female name that does
not take tanween and would therefore end in fatha
reg$ y ϑ Ρ Icirc)szligx Š Aringiexcl y ϑ oslash9 $copy | curren Š Iumlatildeszlig oslash⌠ $z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒUacute θ THORNtradeu lsquolaquo $yumlhellip ccedilmicro ccedilF y ϑ Icirc= Ÿ2u ρ $ y γ 9 s ) oslash9r amp4rsquo n lt Icirc)z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒOacutey ρacirc lsquou ρ ccedilmicro divideΖ IumliΒlang
The Messiah Jesus son of Mary was no more than a Messenger of Allah and His command sentto Mary and a spirit from Him [Nisaa 171]
o To summarize the declension of the name Maryam and all similar female namesin the three cases would be as follows
Nominative ع ــ
Accusative ب ــ
Genitive ور ــ
o Some plural forms of nouns also do not accept tanween but only carry a singlevowel on their ending Like female names they use the fatha to indicate both theaccusative and genitive case
983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141 ـ bull In Arabic the adjectives are considered nouns since they can stand by themselves as
independent nouns or can be attached to other nouns to modify thembull As a general rule adjectives are always placed after the nouns they modify
o For example ldquoone godrdquo would be ـ وا ـإ ـ bull Remember that adjectives must always agree with their nouns in all of their attributes
including number gender definiteness and case
983124983144983141 983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From nouns you can begin to build basic sentencesThese are called nominal sentences and do not requireany other addition elements
bull A nominative sentence is one that begins with a nounand is built upon a subject and predicate The simple nominative sentence consists ofonly two nouns the first being the subject ( ) ) and the second the predicateا أ ا ) This is a basic descriptive sentence in which the predicate essentially provides someinformation about the subject In these sentences the subject is always definite and the predicate always indefinite
bull Consider the following examples
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983096 983151983142 983092983093
أ ا ldquoAllah is onerdquo
ر ل ldquoMuhammad is a messengerrdquo
ة إ ن ا ldquoThe believers are brothersrdquo
ا نال ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull Note that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense (ldquoisrdquo ldquoarerdquo) is understood and neverwritten in Arabic
bull The subject must always agree with the predicate in gender and number For instanceo Singular اما ldquoThe man is a maintainerrdquoo Plural of the same sentence ا نا ل ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull In summary you must remember three basic rules for the simple nominative sentence1 The subject is always definite while the predicate is usually indefinite (in
other types of nominative sentences the predicate may be definite as well)2 The subject and predicate must always agree in gender and number3 Both the subject and predicate are always in the nominative case (unless there
exists an element that necessitates a change of case of one of the nouns)bull In other types of nominative sentences the predicates can be in addition to nouns
pronouns adjectives adverbs prepositional phrases and even verbal sentencesbull Note that in general the nominative sentences cannot begin with indefinite nouns (since
the subject must always be definite as a rule) To make simple sentences with indefinitenouns as subjects you must place the predicate before the subject
o For instance consider the sentence ldquoThe book is in the houserdquo which involves a prepositional phrase (more on that later) as a predicate
ا ب ـ ا To say ldquo A book is in the houserdquo or ldquoThere is a book in the houserdquo you would have torearrange the sentence as follows ldquoIn the house is a bookrdquo
ا آ ب
bull However indefinite nouns can begin nominative sentences if they are preceded by aninterrogative particle or a negative particle or if itrsquos the first term of an idafa constructionor if it is modified by an adjective These elements are covered in later chapters but someillustrations from the Qurrsquoan should suffice
reg timesmicroasymp s 9Iumltrader ampy igrave Βlaquo $lang Is there a god alongside Allah [Naml 64]
regOacutepermil ouml7 y egrave s 9u ρiacute IumlΒdivide σ bullΒ times ouml y z IumliΒ 78 Icirc ocirc sup3 bullΒouml θ s 9u ρoumlΝ auml 3 t 6 y f ocircatilder amplang And surely a believing slave is better than an idolatrous [free man] though he may please you
[al-Baqarah 221]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983092 983151983142 983092983093
bull Female names however do not end in tanween as a general rule but usually end in tamarbutah ( ) with a single vowelة
o o o (The only female name mentioned in the Qurrsquoan)
bull Practice List all of the nouns that appear in the following verse [al-Baqarah 255]
o ا ldquoAllahrdquoo ا ldquothe Living Onerdquoo ـ ام ldquotheo ldquosleeprdquoo م ldquoslumberrdquoo
ـ
ات ldquothe heavensrdquoo ضا ر ldquothe earthrdquo
bull Of these the first is a proper noun the name of Allahbull The second noun ا is a definite noun that is an attribute describing Allah Because this
attribute is referring to a definite noun (Allah) it must also be definite To convert this nounto the indefinite form you must drop the definite article from the beginning and end it withtanween
bull م ـ ا is another definite noun that is also an attribute of Allah Its indefinite form is م ـ bull ـ is an indefinite noun that describes and abstract thing Its definite form is ـ ا
Similarly the definite form of م ـ would be ا ـم bull
ـ
ات is the plural form of the noun (we will learn plurals shortly) Its indefiniteform would be ت
bull The indefinite of isارض رض أ
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 2983098 983111983141983150983140983141983154 ـ
bull Unlike some languages such as English in Arabic all nouns possess a fixed gender In otherwords all Arabic nouns are either masculine or feminine In some cases their gender can berecognized by certain features but in other cases you just have to know the gender (or lookit up)
bull A common sign of a feminine noun is the ta marbutah ( ) endingةo ldquoa wise womanrdquoo ldquoa woman of knowledgerdquo
reg ordf $Iωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc)u θ egraveδ983287copy y prod oslash9 $atildeΠθ bulllsaquo s ) oslash9 $ 4 Ÿωhellip ccedilνaumllsaquo egraveugrave s timesπ u Ζ AringtradeŸωu ρ timesΠouml θ t Ρ 4 hellip ccedilmicro copy9$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml equivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Βu ρrsquo Icirc ucirc Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983093 983151983142 983092983093
o و ldquoa willrdquobull Although most nouns have a fixed gender some can be converted between masculine and
feminine by the use of the ta marbutah ( ) ending These nouns are usually those pertainingةto professions or characteristics Some examples include
Masculine Feminine ldquoMuslimsrdquo
ldquoBelieversrdquo
bull In general nouns that are considered feminine are the followingo All nouns ending in taa marbutah ( ) which includes not only most femaleة
names but many objects as well
o Some female names that donrsquot happen to end in taa marbutah like o Body parts that exist in pairs like ldquohandrdquoo Letters of the Arabic alphabeto Names of places like cities towns and countrieso Other nouns considered feminine traditionally like ldquosunrdquo and ض أر ldquoearthrdquo
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 3983098 983118983157983149983138983141983154
bull Most languages have two forms for most nouns a singular form for single objects and a plural form for two or more objects In Arabic there are three numbers for most nounssingular dual (for two) and plural (three or more)
bull Most common nouns follow the following pattern in forming their pluralsMasculine Feminine
Singular د
Dual ن ن
Plural ن ت
bull These are called sound plurals [ ا ا ] and they generally involve only nouns and
adjectives applying to human beings However sound feminine plurals can sometimes beused for non-human objects as wello Eg Companies ت آ
bull Adjectives following the farsquoeel pattern also generally have sound masculine pluralso Eg ـ ـ ـ
bull Most female adjectives ending in ta marbutah also take the sound feminine pluralsbull In summary there are two types of plurals sound and broken (irregular) Sound plurals
are formed in the above manner and they are the default
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983094 983151983142 983092983093
bull Other nouns are made plural in irregular ways (called broken plurals) that donrsquot followone particular pattern They are best memorized although there are a number of basic patterns1
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 983092983098 983107983137983155983141983155 983151983142 983118983151983157983150983155 ء bull All nouns in Arabic must exist in one of these three cases depending on their contextwithin the sentence These three cases are differentiated by their ending vowels This is
referred to as the declension of nouns ( ا )
Cases Used for Ends in
1 Nominativeع
Considered the default case this isused for the subject of a sentence orthe predicate of a nominal sentence
Dhamma [ ] or [ ]
2 Accusative ب
Used for the object of a verb predicate of certain particles and
objects for expressing aim or purpose
Fatha [ ] or [ ]
3 Genitive ور Used for possession and for objects of
prepositions Kasrah [ ] or [ ]
bull It must be noted that some nouns are exceptional in that they do not accept certainendings
o For instance names of females and feminine proper names (eg names ofcountries which donrsquot begin with al-) not only do not accept tanween in theirending but also never take kasrah as an ending Their genitive case therefore isgoverned by a fatha rather than kasra These nouns end in fatha for both theaccusative and genitive cases Because the two forms are identical the only way
to distinguish the case is from the context of the sentenceo The following series of verses illustrates the use of the name Maryam ( ـ ) in
all three cases1 In the following verse Allah recalls the blessed moment that the
angels came to Maryam to proclaim her exalted status Here the word Maryam is being used as the subject and therefore ends in dhamma
regoslashŒ Icirc)u ρIuml M s 9$ s egraveπ x 6 Iacutetimes macr asymp n = y ϑ oslash9 $atildeΝ t ƒouml y ϑasymp t ƒβ Icirc) copy $Aring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $Iuml8t poundγ s Ucircu ρAring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $u ρ4rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl Icirc Σš Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $langAnd recall when the angels said ldquoO Maryam Behold Allah has chosen you and has made you pure and has exalted you above all the women in the world [Aal Imran 42]
2 The mother of Maryam revealed her intent to name her daughterMaryam by saying ldquoI have named her Maryamrdquo Here Maryam isused as the object of the sentence and would thus end in fatha [AalImran 36]
regrsquo Icirc o Τ Icirc)u ρ$ p κ ccedil J oslashlsaquo poundϑ y tradez Ο t ƒouml t Βlang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983095 983151983142 983092983093
regoumlcong egraveu θ egraveδ ordf $icircpermil y mr amplang Say He Allah is one [al-
3 Allah emphatically refutes the Christian claims regarding Jesus anddescribes him as His command sent to Maryam Here Maryam is theobject of the preposition ldquotordquo and thus takes the genitive case whichnormally ends in kasrah However Maryam is a female name that does
not take tanween and would therefore end in fatha
reg$ y ϑ Ρ Icirc)szligx Š Aringiexcl y ϑ oslash9 $copy | curren Š Iumlatildeszlig oslash⌠ $z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒUacute θ THORNtradeu lsquolaquo $yumlhellip ccedilmicro ccedilF y ϑ Icirc= Ÿ2u ρ $ y γ 9 s ) oslash9r amp4rsquo n lt Icirc)z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒOacutey ρacirc lsquou ρ ccedilmicro divideΖ IumliΒlang
The Messiah Jesus son of Mary was no more than a Messenger of Allah and His command sentto Mary and a spirit from Him [Nisaa 171]
o To summarize the declension of the name Maryam and all similar female namesin the three cases would be as follows
Nominative ع ــ
Accusative ب ــ
Genitive ور ــ
o Some plural forms of nouns also do not accept tanween but only carry a singlevowel on their ending Like female names they use the fatha to indicate both theaccusative and genitive case
983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141 ـ bull In Arabic the adjectives are considered nouns since they can stand by themselves as
independent nouns or can be attached to other nouns to modify thembull As a general rule adjectives are always placed after the nouns they modify
o For example ldquoone godrdquo would be ـ وا ـإ ـ bull Remember that adjectives must always agree with their nouns in all of their attributes
including number gender definiteness and case
983124983144983141 983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From nouns you can begin to build basic sentencesThese are called nominal sentences and do not requireany other addition elements
bull A nominative sentence is one that begins with a nounand is built upon a subject and predicate The simple nominative sentence consists ofonly two nouns the first being the subject ( ) ) and the second the predicateا أ ا ) This is a basic descriptive sentence in which the predicate essentially provides someinformation about the subject In these sentences the subject is always definite and the predicate always indefinite
bull Consider the following examples
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983096 983151983142 983092983093
أ ا ldquoAllah is onerdquo
ر ل ldquoMuhammad is a messengerrdquo
ة إ ن ا ldquoThe believers are brothersrdquo
ا نال ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull Note that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense (ldquoisrdquo ldquoarerdquo) is understood and neverwritten in Arabic
bull The subject must always agree with the predicate in gender and number For instanceo Singular اما ldquoThe man is a maintainerrdquoo Plural of the same sentence ا نا ل ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull In summary you must remember three basic rules for the simple nominative sentence1 The subject is always definite while the predicate is usually indefinite (in
other types of nominative sentences the predicate may be definite as well)2 The subject and predicate must always agree in gender and number3 Both the subject and predicate are always in the nominative case (unless there
exists an element that necessitates a change of case of one of the nouns)bull In other types of nominative sentences the predicates can be in addition to nouns
pronouns adjectives adverbs prepositional phrases and even verbal sentencesbull Note that in general the nominative sentences cannot begin with indefinite nouns (since
the subject must always be definite as a rule) To make simple sentences with indefinitenouns as subjects you must place the predicate before the subject
o For instance consider the sentence ldquoThe book is in the houserdquo which involves a prepositional phrase (more on that later) as a predicate
ا ب ـ ا To say ldquo A book is in the houserdquo or ldquoThere is a book in the houserdquo you would have torearrange the sentence as follows ldquoIn the house is a bookrdquo
ا آ ب
bull However indefinite nouns can begin nominative sentences if they are preceded by aninterrogative particle or a negative particle or if itrsquos the first term of an idafa constructionor if it is modified by an adjective These elements are covered in later chapters but someillustrations from the Qurrsquoan should suffice
reg timesmicroasymp s 9Iumltrader ampy igrave Βlaquo $lang Is there a god alongside Allah [Naml 64]
regOacutepermil ouml7 y egrave s 9u ρiacute IumlΒdivide σ bullΒ times ouml y z IumliΒ 78 Icirc ocirc sup3 bullΒouml θ s 9u ρoumlΝ auml 3 t 6 y f ocircatilder amplang And surely a believing slave is better than an idolatrous [free man] though he may please you
[al-Baqarah 221]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983093 983151983142 983092983093
o و ldquoa willrdquobull Although most nouns have a fixed gender some can be converted between masculine and
feminine by the use of the ta marbutah ( ) ending These nouns are usually those pertainingةto professions or characteristics Some examples include
Masculine Feminine ldquoMuslimsrdquo
ldquoBelieversrdquo
bull In general nouns that are considered feminine are the followingo All nouns ending in taa marbutah ( ) which includes not only most femaleة
names but many objects as well
o Some female names that donrsquot happen to end in taa marbutah like o Body parts that exist in pairs like ldquohandrdquoo Letters of the Arabic alphabeto Names of places like cities towns and countrieso Other nouns considered feminine traditionally like ldquosunrdquo and ض أر ldquoearthrdquo
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 3983098 983118983157983149983138983141983154
bull Most languages have two forms for most nouns a singular form for single objects and a plural form for two or more objects In Arabic there are three numbers for most nounssingular dual (for two) and plural (three or more)
bull Most common nouns follow the following pattern in forming their pluralsMasculine Feminine
Singular د
Dual ن ن
Plural ن ت
bull These are called sound plurals [ ا ا ] and they generally involve only nouns and
adjectives applying to human beings However sound feminine plurals can sometimes beused for non-human objects as wello Eg Companies ت آ
bull Adjectives following the farsquoeel pattern also generally have sound masculine pluralso Eg ـ ـ ـ
bull Most female adjectives ending in ta marbutah also take the sound feminine pluralsbull In summary there are two types of plurals sound and broken (irregular) Sound plurals
are formed in the above manner and they are the default
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983094 983151983142 983092983093
bull Other nouns are made plural in irregular ways (called broken plurals) that donrsquot followone particular pattern They are best memorized although there are a number of basic patterns1
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 983092983098 983107983137983155983141983155 983151983142 983118983151983157983150983155 ء bull All nouns in Arabic must exist in one of these three cases depending on their contextwithin the sentence These three cases are differentiated by their ending vowels This is
referred to as the declension of nouns ( ا )
Cases Used for Ends in
1 Nominativeع
Considered the default case this isused for the subject of a sentence orthe predicate of a nominal sentence
Dhamma [ ] or [ ]
2 Accusative ب
Used for the object of a verb predicate of certain particles and
objects for expressing aim or purpose
Fatha [ ] or [ ]
3 Genitive ور Used for possession and for objects of
prepositions Kasrah [ ] or [ ]
bull It must be noted that some nouns are exceptional in that they do not accept certainendings
o For instance names of females and feminine proper names (eg names ofcountries which donrsquot begin with al-) not only do not accept tanween in theirending but also never take kasrah as an ending Their genitive case therefore isgoverned by a fatha rather than kasra These nouns end in fatha for both theaccusative and genitive cases Because the two forms are identical the only way
to distinguish the case is from the context of the sentenceo The following series of verses illustrates the use of the name Maryam ( ـ ) in
all three cases1 In the following verse Allah recalls the blessed moment that the
angels came to Maryam to proclaim her exalted status Here the word Maryam is being used as the subject and therefore ends in dhamma
regoslashŒ Icirc)u ρIuml M s 9$ s egraveπ x 6 Iacutetimes macr asymp n = y ϑ oslash9 $atildeΝ t ƒouml y ϑasymp t ƒβ Icirc) copy $Aring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $Iuml8t poundγ s Ucircu ρAring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $u ρ4rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl Icirc Σš Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $langAnd recall when the angels said ldquoO Maryam Behold Allah has chosen you and has made you pure and has exalted you above all the women in the world [Aal Imran 42]
2 The mother of Maryam revealed her intent to name her daughterMaryam by saying ldquoI have named her Maryamrdquo Here Maryam isused as the object of the sentence and would thus end in fatha [AalImran 36]
regrsquo Icirc o Τ Icirc)u ρ$ p κ ccedil J oslashlsaquo poundϑ y tradez Ο t ƒouml t Βlang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983095 983151983142 983092983093
regoumlcong egraveu θ egraveδ ordf $icircpermil y mr amplang Say He Allah is one [al-
3 Allah emphatically refutes the Christian claims regarding Jesus anddescribes him as His command sent to Maryam Here Maryam is theobject of the preposition ldquotordquo and thus takes the genitive case whichnormally ends in kasrah However Maryam is a female name that does
not take tanween and would therefore end in fatha
reg$ y ϑ Ρ Icirc)szligx Š Aringiexcl y ϑ oslash9 $copy | curren Š Iumlatildeszlig oslash⌠ $z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒUacute θ THORNtradeu lsquolaquo $yumlhellip ccedilmicro ccedilF y ϑ Icirc= Ÿ2u ρ $ y γ 9 s ) oslash9r amp4rsquo n lt Icirc)z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒOacutey ρacirc lsquou ρ ccedilmicro divideΖ IumliΒlang
The Messiah Jesus son of Mary was no more than a Messenger of Allah and His command sentto Mary and a spirit from Him [Nisaa 171]
o To summarize the declension of the name Maryam and all similar female namesin the three cases would be as follows
Nominative ع ــ
Accusative ب ــ
Genitive ور ــ
o Some plural forms of nouns also do not accept tanween but only carry a singlevowel on their ending Like female names they use the fatha to indicate both theaccusative and genitive case
983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141 ـ bull In Arabic the adjectives are considered nouns since they can stand by themselves as
independent nouns or can be attached to other nouns to modify thembull As a general rule adjectives are always placed after the nouns they modify
o For example ldquoone godrdquo would be ـ وا ـإ ـ bull Remember that adjectives must always agree with their nouns in all of their attributes
including number gender definiteness and case
983124983144983141 983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From nouns you can begin to build basic sentencesThese are called nominal sentences and do not requireany other addition elements
bull A nominative sentence is one that begins with a nounand is built upon a subject and predicate The simple nominative sentence consists ofonly two nouns the first being the subject ( ) ) and the second the predicateا أ ا ) This is a basic descriptive sentence in which the predicate essentially provides someinformation about the subject In these sentences the subject is always definite and the predicate always indefinite
bull Consider the following examples
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983096 983151983142 983092983093
أ ا ldquoAllah is onerdquo
ر ل ldquoMuhammad is a messengerrdquo
ة إ ن ا ldquoThe believers are brothersrdquo
ا نال ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull Note that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense (ldquoisrdquo ldquoarerdquo) is understood and neverwritten in Arabic
bull The subject must always agree with the predicate in gender and number For instanceo Singular اما ldquoThe man is a maintainerrdquoo Plural of the same sentence ا نا ل ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull In summary you must remember three basic rules for the simple nominative sentence1 The subject is always definite while the predicate is usually indefinite (in
other types of nominative sentences the predicate may be definite as well)2 The subject and predicate must always agree in gender and number3 Both the subject and predicate are always in the nominative case (unless there
exists an element that necessitates a change of case of one of the nouns)bull In other types of nominative sentences the predicates can be in addition to nouns
pronouns adjectives adverbs prepositional phrases and even verbal sentencesbull Note that in general the nominative sentences cannot begin with indefinite nouns (since
the subject must always be definite as a rule) To make simple sentences with indefinitenouns as subjects you must place the predicate before the subject
o For instance consider the sentence ldquoThe book is in the houserdquo which involves a prepositional phrase (more on that later) as a predicate
ا ب ـ ا To say ldquo A book is in the houserdquo or ldquoThere is a book in the houserdquo you would have torearrange the sentence as follows ldquoIn the house is a bookrdquo
ا آ ب
bull However indefinite nouns can begin nominative sentences if they are preceded by aninterrogative particle or a negative particle or if itrsquos the first term of an idafa constructionor if it is modified by an adjective These elements are covered in later chapters but someillustrations from the Qurrsquoan should suffice
reg timesmicroasymp s 9Iumltrader ampy igrave Βlaquo $lang Is there a god alongside Allah [Naml 64]
regOacutepermil ouml7 y egrave s 9u ρiacute IumlΒdivide σ bullΒ times ouml y z IumliΒ 78 Icirc ocirc sup3 bullΒouml θ s 9u ρoumlΝ auml 3 t 6 y f ocircatilder amplang And surely a believing slave is better than an idolatrous [free man] though he may please you
[al-Baqarah 221]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983094 983151983142 983092983093
bull Other nouns are made plural in irregular ways (called broken plurals) that donrsquot followone particular pattern They are best memorized although there are a number of basic patterns1
983105983156983156983154983145983138983157983156983141 983092983098 983107983137983155983141983155 983151983142 983118983151983157983150983155 ء bull All nouns in Arabic must exist in one of these three cases depending on their contextwithin the sentence These three cases are differentiated by their ending vowels This is
referred to as the declension of nouns ( ا )
Cases Used for Ends in
1 Nominativeع
Considered the default case this isused for the subject of a sentence orthe predicate of a nominal sentence
Dhamma [ ] or [ ]
2 Accusative ب
Used for the object of a verb predicate of certain particles and
objects for expressing aim or purpose
Fatha [ ] or [ ]
3 Genitive ور Used for possession and for objects of
prepositions Kasrah [ ] or [ ]
bull It must be noted that some nouns are exceptional in that they do not accept certainendings
o For instance names of females and feminine proper names (eg names ofcountries which donrsquot begin with al-) not only do not accept tanween in theirending but also never take kasrah as an ending Their genitive case therefore isgoverned by a fatha rather than kasra These nouns end in fatha for both theaccusative and genitive cases Because the two forms are identical the only way
to distinguish the case is from the context of the sentenceo The following series of verses illustrates the use of the name Maryam ( ـ ) in
all three cases1 In the following verse Allah recalls the blessed moment that the
angels came to Maryam to proclaim her exalted status Here the word Maryam is being used as the subject and therefore ends in dhamma
regoslashŒ Icirc)u ρIuml M s 9$ s egraveπ x 6 Iacutetimes macr asymp n = y ϑ oslash9 $atildeΝ t ƒouml y ϑasymp t ƒβ Icirc) copy $Aring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $Iuml8t poundγ s Ucircu ρAring 7 9 x s Uuml ocircsup1 $u ρ4rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl Icirc Σš Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $langAnd recall when the angels said ldquoO Maryam Behold Allah has chosen you and has made you pure and has exalted you above all the women in the world [Aal Imran 42]
2 The mother of Maryam revealed her intent to name her daughterMaryam by saying ldquoI have named her Maryamrdquo Here Maryam isused as the object of the sentence and would thus end in fatha [AalImran 36]
regrsquo Icirc o Τ Icirc)u ρ$ p κ ccedil J oslashlsaquo poundϑ y tradez Ο t ƒouml t Βlang
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983095 983151983142 983092983093
regoumlcong egraveu θ egraveδ ordf $icircpermil y mr amplang Say He Allah is one [al-
3 Allah emphatically refutes the Christian claims regarding Jesus anddescribes him as His command sent to Maryam Here Maryam is theobject of the preposition ldquotordquo and thus takes the genitive case whichnormally ends in kasrah However Maryam is a female name that does
not take tanween and would therefore end in fatha
reg$ y ϑ Ρ Icirc)szligx Š Aringiexcl y ϑ oslash9 $copy | curren Š Iumlatildeszlig oslash⌠ $z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒUacute θ THORNtradeu lsquolaquo $yumlhellip ccedilmicro ccedilF y ϑ Icirc= Ÿ2u ρ $ y γ 9 s ) oslash9r amp4rsquo n lt Icirc)z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒOacutey ρacirc lsquou ρ ccedilmicro divideΖ IumliΒlang
The Messiah Jesus son of Mary was no more than a Messenger of Allah and His command sentto Mary and a spirit from Him [Nisaa 171]
o To summarize the declension of the name Maryam and all similar female namesin the three cases would be as follows
Nominative ع ــ
Accusative ب ــ
Genitive ور ــ
o Some plural forms of nouns also do not accept tanween but only carry a singlevowel on their ending Like female names they use the fatha to indicate both theaccusative and genitive case
983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141 ـ bull In Arabic the adjectives are considered nouns since they can stand by themselves as
independent nouns or can be attached to other nouns to modify thembull As a general rule adjectives are always placed after the nouns they modify
o For example ldquoone godrdquo would be ـ وا ـإ ـ bull Remember that adjectives must always agree with their nouns in all of their attributes
including number gender definiteness and case
983124983144983141 983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From nouns you can begin to build basic sentencesThese are called nominal sentences and do not requireany other addition elements
bull A nominative sentence is one that begins with a nounand is built upon a subject and predicate The simple nominative sentence consists ofonly two nouns the first being the subject ( ) ) and the second the predicateا أ ا ) This is a basic descriptive sentence in which the predicate essentially provides someinformation about the subject In these sentences the subject is always definite and the predicate always indefinite
bull Consider the following examples
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983096 983151983142 983092983093
أ ا ldquoAllah is onerdquo
ر ل ldquoMuhammad is a messengerrdquo
ة إ ن ا ldquoThe believers are brothersrdquo
ا نال ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull Note that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense (ldquoisrdquo ldquoarerdquo) is understood and neverwritten in Arabic
bull The subject must always agree with the predicate in gender and number For instanceo Singular اما ldquoThe man is a maintainerrdquoo Plural of the same sentence ا نا ل ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull In summary you must remember three basic rules for the simple nominative sentence1 The subject is always definite while the predicate is usually indefinite (in
other types of nominative sentences the predicate may be definite as well)2 The subject and predicate must always agree in gender and number3 Both the subject and predicate are always in the nominative case (unless there
exists an element that necessitates a change of case of one of the nouns)bull In other types of nominative sentences the predicates can be in addition to nouns
pronouns adjectives adverbs prepositional phrases and even verbal sentencesbull Note that in general the nominative sentences cannot begin with indefinite nouns (since
the subject must always be definite as a rule) To make simple sentences with indefinitenouns as subjects you must place the predicate before the subject
o For instance consider the sentence ldquoThe book is in the houserdquo which involves a prepositional phrase (more on that later) as a predicate
ا ب ـ ا To say ldquo A book is in the houserdquo or ldquoThere is a book in the houserdquo you would have torearrange the sentence as follows ldquoIn the house is a bookrdquo
ا آ ب
bull However indefinite nouns can begin nominative sentences if they are preceded by aninterrogative particle or a negative particle or if itrsquos the first term of an idafa constructionor if it is modified by an adjective These elements are covered in later chapters but someillustrations from the Qurrsquoan should suffice
reg timesmicroasymp s 9Iumltrader ampy igrave Βlaquo $lang Is there a god alongside Allah [Naml 64]
regOacutepermil ouml7 y egrave s 9u ρiacute IumlΒdivide σ bullΒ times ouml y z IumliΒ 78 Icirc ocirc sup3 bullΒouml θ s 9u ρoumlΝ auml 3 t 6 y f ocircatilder amplang And surely a believing slave is better than an idolatrous [free man] though he may please you
[al-Baqarah 221]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983095 983151983142 983092983093
regoumlcong egraveu θ egraveδ ordf $icircpermil y mr amplang Say He Allah is one [al-
3 Allah emphatically refutes the Christian claims regarding Jesus anddescribes him as His command sent to Maryam Here Maryam is theobject of the preposition ldquotordquo and thus takes the genitive case whichnormally ends in kasrah However Maryam is a female name that does
not take tanween and would therefore end in fatha
reg$ y ϑ Ρ Icirc)szligx Š Aringiexcl y ϑ oslash9 $copy | curren Š Iumlatildeszlig oslash⌠ $z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒUacute θ THORNtradeu lsquolaquo $yumlhellip ccedilmicro ccedilF y ϑ Icirc= Ÿ2u ρ $ y γ 9 s ) oslash9r amp4rsquo n lt Icirc)z Ν t ƒoacute t ΒOacutey ρacirc lsquou ρ ccedilmicro divideΖ IumliΒlang
The Messiah Jesus son of Mary was no more than a Messenger of Allah and His command sentto Mary and a spirit from Him [Nisaa 171]
o To summarize the declension of the name Maryam and all similar female namesin the three cases would be as follows
Nominative ع ــ
Accusative ب ــ
Genitive ور ــ
o Some plural forms of nouns also do not accept tanween but only carry a singlevowel on their ending Like female names they use the fatha to indicate both theaccusative and genitive case
983124983144983141 983105983140983146983141983139983156983145983158983141 ـ bull In Arabic the adjectives are considered nouns since they can stand by themselves as
independent nouns or can be attached to other nouns to modify thembull As a general rule adjectives are always placed after the nouns they modify
o For example ldquoone godrdquo would be ـ وا ـإ ـ bull Remember that adjectives must always agree with their nouns in all of their attributes
including number gender definiteness and case
983124983144983141 983118983151983149983145983150983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From nouns you can begin to build basic sentencesThese are called nominal sentences and do not requireany other addition elements
bull A nominative sentence is one that begins with a nounand is built upon a subject and predicate The simple nominative sentence consists ofonly two nouns the first being the subject ( ) ) and the second the predicateا أ ا ) This is a basic descriptive sentence in which the predicate essentially provides someinformation about the subject In these sentences the subject is always definite and the predicate always indefinite
bull Consider the following examples
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983096 983151983142 983092983093
أ ا ldquoAllah is onerdquo
ر ل ldquoMuhammad is a messengerrdquo
ة إ ن ا ldquoThe believers are brothersrdquo
ا نال ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull Note that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense (ldquoisrdquo ldquoarerdquo) is understood and neverwritten in Arabic
bull The subject must always agree with the predicate in gender and number For instanceo Singular اما ldquoThe man is a maintainerrdquoo Plural of the same sentence ا نا ل ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull In summary you must remember three basic rules for the simple nominative sentence1 The subject is always definite while the predicate is usually indefinite (in
other types of nominative sentences the predicate may be definite as well)2 The subject and predicate must always agree in gender and number3 Both the subject and predicate are always in the nominative case (unless there
exists an element that necessitates a change of case of one of the nouns)bull In other types of nominative sentences the predicates can be in addition to nouns
pronouns adjectives adverbs prepositional phrases and even verbal sentencesbull Note that in general the nominative sentences cannot begin with indefinite nouns (since
the subject must always be definite as a rule) To make simple sentences with indefinitenouns as subjects you must place the predicate before the subject
o For instance consider the sentence ldquoThe book is in the houserdquo which involves a prepositional phrase (more on that later) as a predicate
ا ب ـ ا To say ldquo A book is in the houserdquo or ldquoThere is a book in the houserdquo you would have torearrange the sentence as follows ldquoIn the house is a bookrdquo
ا آ ب
bull However indefinite nouns can begin nominative sentences if they are preceded by aninterrogative particle or a negative particle or if itrsquos the first term of an idafa constructionor if it is modified by an adjective These elements are covered in later chapters but someillustrations from the Qurrsquoan should suffice
reg timesmicroasymp s 9Iumltrader ampy igrave Βlaquo $lang Is there a god alongside Allah [Naml 64]
regOacutepermil ouml7 y egrave s 9u ρiacute IumlΒdivide σ bullΒ times ouml y z IumliΒ 78 Icirc ocirc sup3 bullΒouml θ s 9u ρoumlΝ auml 3 t 6 y f ocircatilder amplang And surely a believing slave is better than an idolatrous [free man] though he may please you
[al-Baqarah 221]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983096 983151983142 983092983093
أ ا ldquoAllah is onerdquo
ر ل ldquoMuhammad is a messengerrdquo
ة إ ن ا ldquoThe believers are brothersrdquo
ا نال ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull Note that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense (ldquoisrdquo ldquoarerdquo) is understood and neverwritten in Arabic
bull The subject must always agree with the predicate in gender and number For instanceo Singular اما ldquoThe man is a maintainerrdquoo Plural of the same sentence ا نا ل ldquoThe men are maintainersrdquo
bull In summary you must remember three basic rules for the simple nominative sentence1 The subject is always definite while the predicate is usually indefinite (in
other types of nominative sentences the predicate may be definite as well)2 The subject and predicate must always agree in gender and number3 Both the subject and predicate are always in the nominative case (unless there
exists an element that necessitates a change of case of one of the nouns)bull In other types of nominative sentences the predicates can be in addition to nouns
pronouns adjectives adverbs prepositional phrases and even verbal sentencesbull Note that in general the nominative sentences cannot begin with indefinite nouns (since
the subject must always be definite as a rule) To make simple sentences with indefinitenouns as subjects you must place the predicate before the subject
o For instance consider the sentence ldquoThe book is in the houserdquo which involves a prepositional phrase (more on that later) as a predicate
ا ب ـ ا To say ldquo A book is in the houserdquo or ldquoThere is a book in the houserdquo you would have torearrange the sentence as follows ldquoIn the house is a bookrdquo
ا آ ب
bull However indefinite nouns can begin nominative sentences if they are preceded by aninterrogative particle or a negative particle or if itrsquos the first term of an idafa constructionor if it is modified by an adjective These elements are covered in later chapters but someillustrations from the Qurrsquoan should suffice
reg timesmicroasymp s 9Iumltrader ampy igrave Βlaquo $lang Is there a god alongside Allah [Naml 64]
regOacutepermil ouml7 y egrave s 9u ρiacute IumlΒdivide σ bullΒ times ouml y z IumliΒ 78 Icirc ocirc sup3 bullΒouml θ s 9u ρoumlΝ auml 3 t 6 y f ocircatilder amplang And surely a believing slave is better than an idolatrous [free man] though he may please you
[al-Baqarah 221]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 983097 983151983142 983092983093
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 10 983151983142 983092983093
regOacutepermil poundϑ p t rsquo ΧatildeΑθ szligtradesect lsquolaquo $lang
Muhammad is the Messenger ofAllah [al-Fath 29]
983124983144983141 983120983151983155983155983141983155983155983145983158983141 983107983151983150983155983156983154983157983139983156
bull The possessive construct always involves anobject ( ف ا ) and its owner or possessor
( أ ف ا ) To indicate possession in Arabicthree rules must always be followed
1 The object is always placed before the possessor (for instance ldquoAllahrsquosmessengerrdquo is converted to ldquomessenger of Allahrdquo)
2 The al- prefix of the object is dropped3 The possessor takes the genitive ( ) case which means that it willور
usually end with kasrah ( )bull Examples
Allahrsquos messenger rarr messenger of Allah ا ل ر Allahrsquos she-camel rarr she-camel of Allah ا
Day of Judgment ا م Night of power ا رbull Remember that since a specific person or thing is being referred to the possessive
construct as a whole is considered definite However if the second term ( أ ف ا ) isindefinite the entire construct is considered indefinite
o ldquoA manrsquos bookrdquo ر ب آ bull When sound masculine plurals and duals are the first term in an idhafa construct or have
attached pronouns the final nun is always droppedo
bull The possessive construct is considered as one unit whose base is the first term (theobject) Therefore if this construct is placed in positions in sentences that require
changes of case (for instance as objects of verbs or prepositions) those ending changesare made on the object only The possessor is considered as attached to the object and isalways in the genitive case
o For instance Allah declares in a well-known verse that our model in all matters isthe Messenger of Allah The original term is ا ر ل and because it is theobject of the preposition (ldquoinrdquo) it must take the genitive case which must end inkasrah Therefore it becomes ار ل
regocircpermil s ) copy9t β x oumlΝ auml 3 s 9rsquo Icirc ucircEacuteΑθ szligtradeu lsquolaquo $icircοu θ oacutetrade eacuteamp timesπ u Ζ | iexcl y m y ϑ Iumlj9t β x ( θ atilde _ouml t ƒ copy $t Πouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρt Aring zFψ $t x s Œu ρ copy $Z IumlV x lang
Verily you have in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example for all who yearn for Allah andthe Last Day and remember Allah abundantly [Al-Ahzab 21]
983124983144983141 983110983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 ء
bull These are a group of special nouns which indicate their case by long vowels when theyhave possessive pronouns or are part of possessive constructs
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 11 983151983142 983092983093
regu θ egraveδ ordf $langHe is Allah [al-Hashr
bull These five nouns are traditionally identified in a modified form with the attached second person pronoun (covered in a forthcoming lesson) since not all of them can exist in asolitary unattached unmodified form They are ل ك ذ و ـ ك ك أ ك أ The last one ( ذو ) is a noun that means ldquoownerrdquo or ldquopossessorrdquo and exists only incombination with another noun Traditionally in examples it is given as ل ذو which
means ldquopossessor of wealthrdquo or ldquowealthy onerdquobull Their case variations are as follows
Nominative Accusative Genitive Meaning
ب أ أ أـ ـ أ ldquoFatherrdquo
خ أ أ أ أ ldquoBrotherrdquo
ldquoIn-lawsrdquo
ـ ldquoMouthrdquo
ذ و ا
ذ ذي ldquoOwnerrdquo
bull When the attached pronoun ـ is used with these nouns then they remain fixed in allcases
983124983144983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
bull Pronouns are one of the pillars of the Arabic language and serve as the basis for thestudy of verbs Their mastery is essential to effectively learning the Arabic language
bull Grammatically pronouns are words that are used in place of nouns such as he she it
they them you I and we bull They involve three persons the first person ( I we) the second person ( you) and the third
person (he she) bull There is no equivalent of the neuter pronoun (ldquoitrdquo) which refers to objects in English
and the appropriate masculine or feminine pronoun is used ( ه or ه for singularobjects and ه for plural objects) Note a general rule that the feminine singular is
always used to refer to non-human objects in plural whether they are masculine orfeminine
bull Remember that since pronouns refer to specific persons or things they are alwaysconsidered definite
bull Pronouns in Arabic are of two types detached and attached
1 983108983141983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 12 983151983142 983092983093
bull The detached pronouns are independent words that stand by themselves in place ofspecific nouns
bull They exist in the following forms grouped according to number gender and person First Person Second Person Third Person
Masculine You
أ He it
ه Singular
Feminine
I أ
You أ
She it ه
Masculine You أ
They ه Dual
Feminine You أ
They ه
Masculine You أ
Theyه Plural
Feminine
We
You أ They ه
bull From these pronouns you can begin to form basic sentences Remember that the verb ldquoto berdquo in the present tense is understood and not written in the Arabic language Alsoremember that the pronoun must always agree in gender and number with whatever itrefers to Here are some examples
ا أ I am Allah ه He is Muhammadز أ You are Zayd
ه She is Aisha ن We are Muslims We are the Muslimsا ن
bull Note that these are nominal sentences since they begin with nouns (in this case pronouns) although they are slightly different from the basic descriptive nominalsentences we have seen Those previous sentences consisted of a subject that was adefinite noun and a predicate which was an indefinite noun that served as a description ofthe subject In this case the subject is a pronoun (which is always definite) while the predicate can be either a definite or indefinite noun that the pronoun is referring to Inother words when pronouns are the subjects they can take either definite or indefinite
nouns as predicates
2 983105983156983156983137983139983144983141983140 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155 ـ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 13 983151983142 983092983093
bull These are pronouns that are attached to nouns to indicate possession (such as ldquohis book rdquo ldquoyour penrdquo ldquoour lordrdquo etc) or to verbs to indicate their objects (such as ldquoAllah created
themrdquo or ldquoMuhammad wrote it rdquo)bull They are also classified according to number gender and person as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your You ـ His Him ـ SingularFeminine
Attachedto noun ـ
Attachedto verb ـ Your You ـ Her ـ
MasculineDualFeminine
Your You ـ Their Them ـ Masculine Your You ـ Their Them ـ Plural
Feminine
Our Us ـ Your You ـ Their Them ـ
bull To illustrate this here is the word بر with all the pronouns
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
Your lord رــ His lord ر ـ
Singular
Feminine
My lord رــ
Your lord رــ
Her lord ر ـ
MasculineDualFeminine Your lord
ر ــ Their lord
ر ــ Masculine
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
Plural
Feminine
Our lord ر ــ
Your lord ر ــ
Their lord ر ــ
bull When the first person pronoun is attached to any word its final vowel is always changedto kasrah according to Arabic reading rules
bull When these possessive pronouns are attached to any noun the definite article (al-) mustalways be deleted In that case the noun is always considered definite
bull Note that all the third person attached pronouns apart from the singular feminine willchange their dhamma to a kasrah with nouns in the genitive case For example
o آ becomes آ o آ retains the same pronoun in the genitive becoming آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ o آ becomes آ
bull All other pronouns remain as they are in all cases though their nouns may be in any casewith any vowel
bull Also remember the golden rule The singular feminine third person pronoun ( ـ ه ) isalways used to refer to plural objects
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983092 983151983142 983092983093
983105983140983158983141983154983138983155 ف إ
bull Adverbs in Arabic are basic nouns that modify other nouns by expressing some relation ofspace or time They are technically classified as nouns in Arabic although they functionvery much like prepositions (covered in the next chapter) Adverbs are generally regarded as
being in the accusative case (that is they end in fatha)bull In general adverbs cause their nouns or pronouns to take the genitive casebull They are as follows classified according to time and place
ـ ن فAdverbs of Time
ف ز ن Adverbs of Place
before ق above on
after ـ ـ below
م
ا Today near beside withأ yesterday with
ا
tomorrow أ م in front of
ان now behind
ـ ـ between
bull Inda for those things in your possession but not necessarily with you at the momentwhile maa is for those things with you at the moment
bull Inda also used to indicate an action near an object or to indicate being with a person at
his place or home bull Min indi = to indicate ldquofromrdquo as an element of eloquence Aal Imran 378
Lesson Special Pronouns
983124983144983141 983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ة
ر إ
bull There are two types of demonstrative pronouns one for close objects or things (ldquothisrdquo)and another for distant objects (ldquothatrdquo)
bull The demonstrative pronoun for close things is and is generally translated as ldquothisrdquo orldquotheserdquo It exists in the following formsه
ة
ر إ Demonstrative Pronouns for Closeness
Masculine FeminineSingular
ه[all cases]
ه[all cases]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983093 983151983142 983092983093
Dualن ه ا
[Nominative case] ه
[Genitive accusativecases]
ه ن[Nominative case]
ـه [Genitive accusative
cases] Plural
ه ـ ـ [all cases and genders]
bull The demonstrative pronoun for distant things is اذ and is generally translated as ldquothatrdquoor ldquothoserdquo It exists in the following forms
إـ
رة
Demonstrative Pronouns for DistanceMasculine Feminine
Singular ذ
[all cases]
[all cases]
Dual
ا
ذ
[Nominative case]
ذ
[Genitive accusativecases]
[Nominative case]
[Genitive accusativecases] Plural
ـ
أو
[all cases and genders]
bull The dual form above is an extremely rare form and does not appear in the Qurrsquoan nor inmodern usage You can therefore effectively ignore it
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983120983144983154983137983155983141983155
bull These demonstrative pronouns are considered definite and when used before otherdefinite nouns they form simple phrases called Demonstrative Phrases
هـ
ا
ا
ldquoThis manrdquo
هـ ا ا ldquoThis prophetrdquo
بذ ا ldquoThat bookrdquo
هـم
ا
ldquoThese peoplerdquo
bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with definite nouns that have attached pronouns or are part of possessive constructs the demonstrative pronoun is placed afterthe noun
رهـ ـ ـ ldquoThis man of oursrdquo
هـ
ldquoThis prophet of yoursrdquo
آ ذ ldquoThat book of minerdquo
هـ ldquoThese people of oursrdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983094 983151983142 983092983093
ر
ا
هـ
ـ
ldquoThis man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat book of the Lordrdquo
هـ م ا ز ldquoThese people of Hijazrdquo
983108983141983149983151983150983155983156983154983137983156983145983158983141 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141983155bull When these demonstrative pronouns are used with indefinite nouns they form
nominative sentences
هـ ر ا ldquoThis is a manrdquo
هـ ا ldquoThis is a prophetrdquo
بذ
آ
ldquoThat is a bookrdquo
هـم
ldquoThese are a peoplerdquo
bull To use these demonstrative pronouns as subjects with simple definite nouns as predicatesyou must insert the appropriate personal pronouns before the nouns to avoid confusionwith the demonstrative phrases
هـ
ا
ه
ا
ldquoThis is the manrdquo
هـ ا ه ا ldquoThis is the prophetrdquo
ب ه ا ذ ldquoThat is the bookrdquo
هـم ا ه ldquoThese are the peoplerdquo
regregregreg x xx x lsaquo lsaquolsaquo lsaquo asymp asympasymp asymp y yy y δδδδu uu u θ θθ θ egrave egraveegrave egraveδδδδuml y yy y s ss s oslashoslashoslashoslash9999 $ $$ $langlanglanglang ldquoThis is the truthrdquo [al-Anfal 32]
bull And finally these demonstrative pronouns can be used as subjects with definite nounswith attached pronouns or those that are part of possessive constructs as predicates
هـ
ر
ا
ـ
ا
ldquoThis is a man from the Muslimsrdquo
هـ ا ا ـ ldquoThis is the prophet of Allahrdquo
ب ذ ا ب آ ldquoThat is the book of the Lordrdquo
هـ ا م ز ldquoThese are the people of Hijazrdquo
983124983144983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150 ل إ bull The relative pronoun introduces a relative clause and is generally translated as ldquowhordquo
ldquothatrdquo or ldquowhichrdquo as in the sentence ldquoI am the one who created yourdquobull It always reflects the gender and number of the noun or pronoun which precedes itbull It exists in the following forms
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983095 983151983142 983092983093
إل Relative Pronouns
Masculine FeminineSingular
ي
ا
[all cases]
ا
[all cases]
Dual ا ان
[nominative case] ا
[genitive accusativecases]
ن ـ ا [nominative case]
ـ ا [genitive accusative
cases] Plural ا
[all cases]ـا ـ or ـ ا ـ
[nominative case]ـ ا ـ
[genitive accusativecases]
983108983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Note that the relative pronoun like all pronouns is definite but unlike the others it canonly be used with a definite noun
regu θ egraveδldquoIuml copy $Ν auml 3 s ) n = s IumliΒ lt sect oslash Ρ οy permil Iumlnequivu ρŸcong y egrave y _ u ρ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ$ y γ y _divide ρy mdashlang ldquoHe is the one who created you from a single soul and created from it its materdquo
[al-Alsquoraf 189]
o In this verse the relative pronoun ا ي is qualifying the definite pronoun ه
regx lsaquo asymp y δatildeΠouml θ t ƒEgravecong oacuteAacute x oslash9 $ldquoIuml copy $ Ο ccedilG Ψ auml Iumlmicro Icircšχθ ccedilEacutejlsaquo s 3 egrave lang ldquoThis is the Day of Reckoning which you used to denyrdquo [al-Saaffaat 21]
o In this verse ا ي is qualifying the definite Idafah construct ا م
983113983150983140983141983142983145983150983145983156983141 983122983141983148983137983156983145983158983141 983107983148983137983157983155983141983155
bull Indefinite relative clauses (eg ldquoThis is a book that I readrdquo) in Arabic are written withoutthe relative pronouns
bull From the latter verse above if we wanted to use the indefinite form of the word ldquoDayrdquo
the sentence would be as follows
ldquoThis is a day which you used to denyrdquo
نه
آ
م
ا
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983096 983151983142 983092983093
Note that there is no relative pronoun [ ] used in this Arabic sentence since the word itا يqualifies is indefinite
983113983150983156983141983154983154983151983143983137983156983145983158983141 983118983151983157983150983155 م إ bull There are two interrogative nouns which convert sentences into simple questions where
the response would be yes or no ه andأ
bull These are often used interchangeably but ه is preferred before the hamzat-ul-wasl of
the definite article and a is preferred before negatives beginning with laysa
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 1944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 1983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 2983098 983124983112983109 983120983105983122983124983113983107983116983109 ف
Particles are articles of speech other than nouns and verbs
983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150983155 ـ ـ
bull Conjunctions are basic particles that connect together words phrases clauses or sentences
They simply connect and join words and do not alter them in their cases or in any otherway The words they connect may be nouns verbs or other particles such as prepositions
bull The basic conjunctions in Arabic are as follows
و And Simply ldquoandrdquo without any chronological order or sequence
فAnd then Implies sequence (the second thing comes after the first) butwithout any long interval
ـ And then Implies sequence with a longer interval
و أ Or Without any sense of choice or doubt
أم Or After an interrogative or question
But ldquoButrdquo
ـ ـ But ldquoButrdquo
Not Simple negative particle
EvenIncluding
bull Conjunctions join nouns or verbs that are equivalent and thus are always in the same case
983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155 ف
bull Prepositions are simple words that are used in conjunction with nouns to indicate certainspecific meanings
bull Grammatically they always cause their objects to take the genitive case
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 20 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two types of prepositions independent (which stand by themselves as separatewords) and inseparable (which are attached to the nouns)
983105 983113983150983140983141983152983141983150983140983141983150983156 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Independent or separate prepositions are distinct words that stand independently in frontof their nounsbull There are seven basic independent prepositions
Meaning Qurrsquoanic Examples
ldquoin withinrdquo regy 7 Iuml9equivs ŒUuml = asymp t G Aring6 oslash9 $Ÿω| = divideƒ u lsquo iexclIumlmicro lsaquo Iumlugrave iexcllang This is the book no doubt in it [al-Baqarah 2]
ldquofrom ofrdquo regt n = y z asymp | iexcl ΣM $ocirc IumlΒ n = t atildelang
He created the human being from a clot [al-Alaq 2]
ldquoon above ontop ofrdquo
regatildeΑ y Igraveh 9 $šχθ atildeΒequivsect θ s rsquo n t atildeIumltrade $ | iexcl IumliΨ9 $$ y ϑ IcircŸcong āOgrave s ugrave ordf $oacute Ο szligγ ŸOgrave divideegrave t 4rsquo n t atilde lt Ugrave divideegrave t $ y ϑ Icirc u ρ( θ agrave) x Ρr ampocirc IumlΒoumlΝ Icircγ Iuml9equivu θ oslashΒ r amplang
Men are the protectors and maintainers over women because Allah has made the one excel over the other and
because they spend out of their possessions [al-Nisa 34]
إ ldquotordquo
reg
umlβ
Icirc)4rsquo n lt
Icirc)y 7
Icirc nu lsquocopy t euml
ocirc _
rdquo 9 $lang
Surely to your Lord is the return [al-Alaq 8]
ldquoaboutconcerningaway fromrdquo
reg timescong divideƒ u θ s ugraveš Iacutej | Aacute szligϑ ugrave= Iumlj9capsubecupt Iuml copy $oumlΝ egraveδ t atildeoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iacute EŸξ | sup1t βθ egraveδ$ y trade langWoe then to those who pray but are heedless about their
prayers [al-Maun 4-5]
ـ ldquountilrdquo regiacute Οasymp n = y trade lsquo Iumlδ4copy reg L y mAEligigrave n = ocircUuml t ΒIgrave ocircf x oslash9 $lang
It [the Night of Power] is peace until the rising of dawn [al-Qadr 5]
ـ ldquoever sincerdquo
bull The first of these prepositions ( ) is in fact the most common word in the Arabiclanguage followed by the second ( )
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 21 983151983142 983092983093
bull When the preposition [ ] is followed by a definite noun which begins with the prefixal- ( ـ ا ) the nun of the preposition carries the vowel fatha as a linking vowel in order toavoid the joining of two sukoons
o + ا = ا bull The preposition can be combined with the word (ldquowhordquo) to form a single word
indicating the general meaning ldquofrom whomrdquoo ب ا rarr ldquoFrom whom is the bookrdquo or ldquoWho is the book fromrdquoo [Fussilat 33]
bull The preposition can also be combined with the interrogative particle أ (ldquowhererdquo)to indicate the general meaning ldquofrom whererdquo
o rarr أ أ ldquoFrom where are yourdquo or more properly ldquoWhere are youfromrdquo
bull The ending ya of the prepositions and إ is called alif maksoorah and is pronouncedas an alif when the preposition stands by itself but when the prepositions are combinedwith the attached pronouns the alif maqsoorah is converted to a full ya For example
o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o + ــ rarr ـ ـ o ـ إ + ــ rarr ـ إ
bull The prepositions and are used in conjunction with the adjectives ldquocloserdquoand ldquofarrdquo respectively in the following way and not interchangeably
ر ا ا ldquoThe masjid is close to the schoolrdquo
ا ر ا ldquoThe school is far from the parkrdquo
983106 983113983150983155983141983152983137983154983137983138983148983141 983120983154983141983152983151983155983145983156983145983151983150983155
bull Inseparable prepositions consist of single letters and are always attached to their nouns inwriting
bull The first three of these are called the Oath Prepositions ( ا فو ) and are used toswear by persons or things
1 و Example او 2 ب Example 3 ت Example
bull In some cultures it is common to swear by Allah using all three prepositions او bull The other three are as follows
4 ل ldquoto forrdquo5 ب ldquowithrdquo6 ك ldquolikerdquo
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 22 983151983142 983092983093
bull The prepositions is used with the verbل ل ـ (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate to whom the speechis directed And whenever it is used with an attached pronoun it becomes with a fathaلFor example
regoslashŒ Icirc)t Α$ s hellipatildeamp s yumlhellip ccedilmicro š u lsquooumlΝ Icirc= oacutetrader amp ( t Α$ s agrave M ocircϑ n = oacutetrader ampEacuteb gtt Iuml9t Iumlϑ n =asymp y egrave oslash9 $lang
When his Lord said to him ldquoSubmitrdquo He said ldquoI have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds [al-Baqarah 131]
bull This preposition is also used with the meanings ldquoin order tordquo or ldquofor the purpose ofrdquo as inthe following important verse
regu θ egraveδuumlldquoIuml copy $Ÿcong y tradeouml lsquor amphellipatildeamp s θ szligtradeu lsquo3ldquoy permil ccedilλ ugrave $$ IcircEgrave IumlŠu ρEgraved p t oslash $hellip ccedilνt Icircγ ocircagrave atildelsaquo Iuml9rsquo n t atildeEgrave Iumldpermil 9 $Iumlamp Iacutej auml ouml θ s 9u ρ o νIgrave x t βθ auml Icirc ocirc sup3 szligϑ oslash9 $lang
He is the one who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the religion of truth in order tomake it dominant over all other religions however the idolaters dislike that [al-Saff 9]
bull It is also used for the sense of ldquobelonging tordquo as in the oft repeated verse
regdeg$ t Βrsquo Icirc ucircIuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $$ t Β u ρrsquo Icirc ucircCcedil Uacuteouml lsquoF $lang To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth [al-Baqarah 284]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 23 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 3983098 983124983112983109 983126983109983122983106
bull Verbs are words that denote action or states They form the substance of any language
and must be understood and mastered in order to understand and work with that languagein any meaningful way
bull In Arabic all verbs are based on root forms and most verbs are based on a root of threeletters They are termed tri-literal ( ـ ) verbs Others are based on a four letter root ( ر )
bull The trilateral root form of verbs is based on the verb ـ ـ which literally is the verb ldquotodordquo This is the basic model verb used in nearly all Arabic texts both traditional andcontemporary
bull All verbs are conjugated according to the corresponding pronouns representing theirsubjects
983120983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983137983155983156) 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The conjugation of the verb ldquoto dordquo ( ) is as follows in the past tense
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه
Masculine أ ه
Dual
Feminine
أ ـ ـ ـ ـ ه Masculine
أ ه ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ أ ه
bull The past tense is negated with the particle by placing it before the verb
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983092 983151983142 983092983093
983113983149983152983141983154983142983141983139983156 (983120983154983141983155983141983150983156) 983124983141983150983155983141 رع
bull The conjugation of the same verb in the present tense is as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
ـ أ ـ ه Singular
Feminineـ أ أ
ـ أ ـ ه Masculine
ـ ن أ ه نDual
Feminine
أ ـ ن ـ ه
Masculine ـ ـ ن أ ـ ـن ه
Plural
Feminine
ـ
أ ه
bull This is the basic pattern that applies to all verbs in Arabic For other verbs just substitutethe three letters of the verb in place of [ ل ع ف ] and follow this same pattern ofconjugation
bull Note that the vowel on the third letter in the present tense is not always fatha (as in ourexample ) but could be kasrah (for example in the verb ) or
dhamma (as in the verb ) depending on the word You must consult adictionary to determine that particular vowel In the Hans-Wehr dictionary for instancethe vowel is indicated by a single letter following the verb and before the text of themeaning
bull This tense is used primarily for the present tense but can also be used for the future
rarr Homework Conjugate the following 10 verbs in the past and present tenses آ أ
آ درس
983110983157983156983157983154983141 983124983141983150983155983141
bull The future tense can be indicated by using the imperfect or present tense form of theverb without any modifications In this case only the context of the verb will indicatewhether the present or future tense is intended
bull More commonly however the future tense is made by simply adding the prefix ( ـ
) orthe independent word to the present tense form of the verbف
o ldquoHe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or فo ldquoShe doesrdquo rarr ldquoHe will dordquo ـ or ف
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983093 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983123983141983150983156983141983150983139983141
bull From verbs you can begin to make simple sentences In Arabic verbs typically beginsentences and precede their subjects These are called verbal sentences
bull By definition a verbal sentence is one which begins with a verb and is built upon a verb ( ) and its subject or doer ( ـ )
bull For example consider this basic sentence which contains only the verb and its subject o ldquoAllah createdrdquo rarr ا
bull Obviously the above sentence though grammatically correct is incomplete because thenatural object of the verb is missing The complete sentence would include the verb itssubject and its object (for those verbs that have objects) Note that the typical word orderin an Arabic verbal sentence is verb-subject-object but this can sometimes vary forreasons of emphasis Also remember that the subjects of verbs are always in thenominative case (indicated by dhamma) while their objects are in the accusative case(indicated by fatha)
regŸcong t F s u ρszligŠhellipatilde ρy Šš V θ auml9 y lang
And David killed Goliath [al-Baqarah 251]
o In this verse you have the following order verb-subject-object This order is notfixed but can be variable for reasons of emphasis Therefore the only way todistinguish the subject from the object is by its case ending Thus a simple changeof vowels at the ends of the last two words can potentially alter the meaning of thesentence in a significant way (for instance by making the sentence to mean ldquoAnd
Goliath killed Davidrdquo) In some cases in the Qurrsquoan the consequences would be blasphemous meanings It is therefore imperative to learn Arabic grammar inorder to be able to recite the Qurrsquoan correctly and recognize these types of grossmistakes which unfortunately are sometimes common among non-Arab recitersof the Qurrsquoan
regt n = y ordf $Iuml Nequivu θasymp y ϑ iexcliexcl 9 $u Uacuteouml lsquoF $ u ρEgraved y s oslash9 $$ Icirclang
Allah created the heavens and the earth with truth [Ankabut 44]
o In the above verse there are two objects (the heavens and the earth) which are joined by the conjunction و Note also that the sentence ends with a simple prepositional phrase involving the preposition ب followed by the definite noun ا which is in the genitive case due to its being the object of a preposition
bull When the verb begins a sentence it is always in the singular form even if the subject is plural However the verbs must agree with their subjects in gender
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983094 983151983142 983092983093
o For instance Allah states in al-Hujurat 14 ldquoThe Bedouin Arabs say lsquoWe believersquordquo
regIuml M s 9$ s Uuml gt ocircatildeF $$ Ψ t Βu tradelang
bull Sometimes the subject is placed before the verb to emphasize it In that case the verbmust agree with the subject in both number and gender That is if the subject is pluralthe verb must also be in the plural form
bull If the subject is not mentioned (ie it is contained within the verb) or it is a pronoun thenthe verb must be used with the appropriate number whether singular dual or plural
983124983144983141 983126983141983154983138983137983148 983118983151983157983150 ر
bull Each verb has a corresponding noun that is derived from it and denotes ldquothe processrdquo orldquoactrdquo of doing or performing the action of the verb For instance the verbal noun of the
verb ldquoto readrdquo would be ldquoreadingrdquo or the ldquoact of readingrdquo and for the verb ldquoto openrdquo itwould be ldquoopeningrdquo bull In Arabic the verbal noun is closely related to its verb and its exact form can be
determined by consulting a dictionary Remember that the verbal noun is a noun and nota verb
o For instance the verbal noun of our standard verb (ldquoto dordquo) is (ldquothe act ofdoingrdquo)
o Other examples follow bull ـ ـ ldquoto killrdquo rarr ـ ldquomurderrdquo bull ldquoto knowrdquo rarr ldquoknowledgerdquo bull آ ldquoto disbelieverdquo rarr آ ldquodisbeliefrdquo
983124983144983141 983107983151983149983149983137983150983140
bull The imperative or command form of the verb is derived from the present tense form ofthe verb in the following way
o Replace the first letter (always ) withـ hamzah al-wasl ( ا ةه ) which isthe same alif that is in the al- prefix of definite nouns
o Replace the final vowel with sukoon
rarr rarr ا
bull Remember that the hamzah al-wasl is not articulated in continuation but only when it begins a sentence In that case it is articulated in two ways depending on the vowel onthe middle letter
1 If the middle letter (in this case ) ) carries a fathaع ) or kasrah ( ) then the beginning hamzah is articulated with a kasrah
In our example it is pronounced with kasrah (iflsquoal)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983095 983151983142 983092983093
2 If the middle letter has a dhamma ( ) then the hamzah is pronounce with adhamma
For example آ rarr rarr آ ا ldquoWriterdquo (pronounced as uktub)
bull The command form is declined according to the second person (since commands arealways addressed to a person)
Second Person
أ
أ
أ أ
ـ ـ أ
أ
bull In summary when you learn any new verb make it a habit of memorizing immediatelythe following four forms in order the past tense present tense command and verbal
noun You can conjugate the forms according the patterns you have learned when youneed to but always have these four forms on the tip of your tongue For exampleconsider the following verbs
ndash ndash ا -
آ- - آا -آ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983096 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Homework Learn the following 10 verbs by looking up their meanings listing their four basic forms and conjugating their imperative forms (command) in the charts below
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 2944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 2983097 983151983142 983092983093
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
ل
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
Meaning Verbal Noun
Command Present Past
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 30 983151983142 983092983093
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141
bull The passive voice of a verb is distinguished from the active by the fact that its subject isunknown ( ) In other words the active voice is the normal form of the verb whichلinherently involves a specific subject as in ldquo He opened the doorrdquo In this example the
pronoun ldquoherdquo is the subject of the verb ldquoopenedrdquo The passive voice on the other handinvolves a verb being used with an unknown or unspecified subject as in the sentence ldquoThedoor was opened rdquo Note that in passive sentences the grammatical subject of the sentenceitself is actually the real object of the verb while the real subject of the verb (also known asthe ldquodoerrdquo) is unknown So in the above example (ldquothe door was openedrdquo) the ldquodoorrdquo is thegrammatical subject of the passive sentence but in relation to the verb it is the object of theverb The real subject of the verb (who is doing the opening) is not specified
bull The passive voice is formed by simply changing the vowels of the normal active verbs in thefollowing two ways
1 For the past tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) and the
vowel of the second to a kasrah ( )
For example the word (ldquohe openedrdquo) would become (ldquoit wasopenedrdquo)
2 For the present tense forms change the vowel of the first letter to a dhamma ( ) andthe vowel of the third letter to a fatha ( )
For example the word ـ (ldquoit opensrdquo) would become ـ (ldquoit isopenedrdquo)
bull Here are some more illustrations of this
Past Tense Passive Present Passive
آ rarr آ rarr
ر rarr ر rarr
ـ ـ rarr ـ rarr
rarr rarr
rarr rarr
bull These changes are consistent in all the conjugated forms of the verb So the conjugationwould look like this
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 31 983151983142 983092983093
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
Singular
Feminine
Masculine
Dual
Feminine
ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ـ
ـ ـ ـ اPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine
ـ ـ ـ ـ Singular
Feminine ـ أ ـ أ
ـ ـ ـ ـ Masculine
ن ـ ـ ن ن نDual
Feminine
ـ ن ـ ن ن ـ Masculineـ ن
ن ـ ـ ـ ـ ن ن ـ ـ ـ ـ نPlural
Feminine
ـ ـ
bull Active sentences are converted to passive ones in the following way
Active Passive
rarr ـأ ا ا ـن ن ـ ا أـ ldquoThe boy recited the Qurrsquoanrdquo ldquoThe Qurrsquoan was recitedrdquo
bull Note that in passive sentences the doer or original subject of the verb is dropped whilethe original object of the verb becomes the new grammatical subject of the passivesentence Note that ن ـ ا in the first sentence is the object of the verb and is thus in theaccusative case (ends with fatha) while in the second sentence it becomes the
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 32 983151983142 983092983093
grammatical subject of the sentence and is converted to the nominative case (ending withdhamma) and is written as ا ـن
bull Also be aware that the passive verb must agree with its new subject in number andgender as in the following example
Original sentence ن ا ن ا ن ldquoThe Muslims hear the Qurrsquoanrdquo
Passive sentence ا ن ldquoThe Qurrsquoan is being heardrdquo
bull The subject in the active sentence is ldquothe Muslimsrdquo and thus the verb is in the pluralform In the passive sentence the new grammatical subject is the Qurrsquoan and thereforethe verb becomes singular to agree with the new subject
983124983144983141 983105983139983156983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 إ
bull
The active participle is a simple noun that denotes the natural subject of any verb Inother words it is the ldquodoerrdquo of the verb It is formed from the root form of a verb byadding an alif after the first letter and placing a kasrah on the second letter
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes آ ldquowriterrdquo The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ldquoopenerrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes ldquopraiserrdquo or ldquoone who praisesrdquo
bull Remember that these are nouns and should be treated as such
983124983144983141 983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983148983141 ل إ
bull The passive participle is a type of noun derived from a verb which indicates the naturalobject of that verb It is formed by adding letter meem with alif as a prefix (
ـ
) to thethree letter root and the letter و between the second and third letter in the followingway
The verb ldquoto writerdquo آ becomes ـ ب ldquowrittenrdquo or ldquothat which iswrittenrdquo
The verb ldquoto openrdquo ـ becomes ح ldquoopenedrdquo or ldquothat which is openedrdquo The verb ldquoto praiserdquo becomes د ldquopraisedrdquo or ldquoone who is praisedrdquo
bull Remember again that these are nouns (or adjectives) and should be treated as such
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 33 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 1 of 4
rarr Exercises Complete the following tables with the complete conjugations in the active and passive voices and then provide the active and passive participle forms and finally the meaningof the root verb
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
ر Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
First Person Second Person Third PersonPRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculineزق
Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983092 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 2 of 4
First Person Second Person Third PersonPAST TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
FeminineFirst Person Second Person Third Person
PRESENT TENSE Passive Active Passive Active Passive Active
Masculine ـ Singular
Feminine
MasculineDual
Feminine
MasculinePlural
Feminine
Passive Participle Active Participle
Meaning
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3544
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983093 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 3 of 4
Answer the following questions based on these Qurrsquoanic texts
1 Surah al-Rum verse 2
regIuml M t 7 Icirc= aumlntildeatildeΠρrdquo 9 $lang
What is the three-letter root of the above verb __________ What does it mean _____________
Translate the above verse into English ____________________________________________
This is a ا ا ا ا
What is the active voice of the verb in this verse ____________________
2 Surah Al-Baqarah verse 48
regŸωu ρatildecong t 6 oslash) atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesπ y egrave asymp x x copyŸωu ρaumllsaquo s divide σ atildeƒ$ p κ divide ] IumlΒ timesΑocircpermil t atildeŸωu ρoumlΝ egraveδt βρatilde | Aacute Ζ atildeƒlang
Look up the meanings of the three verbs in the above verse
1
______________
2 أ
______________
3 ______________
Translate the above verse completely
VocabularyIntercession
Compensation ل
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3644
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983094 983151983142 983092983093
983120983137983155983155983145983158983141 983126983151983145983139983141 983109983160983141983154983139983145983155983141983155 pg 4 of 4
Translate the following active sentences and convert them into passive ones
Meaning (English) Passive Form (Arabic)
ا ـ ـ ب ا ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ب ا ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ن ـ ا ا نو ـ ـ ___________________________ ______________________________
ا ن ا ____________________________ ______________________________
ا و ـ ا ا ____________________________ ______________________________
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3744
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983095 983151983142 983092983093
983119983156983144983141983154 983108983141983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983126983141983154983138983155
bull Laysa is a type of defective verb that exists only in the past tense It serves to negatenominative sentences It is conjugated as follows
First Person Second Person Third PersonMasculine
أ ه Singular
Feminine أ
أ ه Masculine
أ ه Dual
Feminine
أ ه Masculine
أ ه اPlural
Feminine
أ ه
bull The verb is used with nominative sentences in order to negate them Like the verbن
آ
the subject of the verb takes the nominative case while the predicate is in the accusativecase
ـ ا rarr ـ ا ldquoThe man is tallrdquo ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Sometimes the predicate of is used with the preposition ب in which case the predicatewould be in the genitive case This is merely another way of writing this same sentenceand there are no differences in the meanings
ا ldquoThe man is not tallrdquo
bull Here are some Qurrsquoanic examples
reg sect oslashŠ s 9u ρatilde x copy $4copy s Ρ W $ x lang And the man is not like the woman [Aal Imran 336]
regagrave M oacuteiexcl s 9r ampoumlΝ auml 3 Icirc nt Icirclang Am I not your Lord [al-Araf 7172]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3844
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983096 983151983142 983092983093
reg$ p κ š permil r macr asymp t ƒš Iuml copy $(thorn θ atildeΖ t Βu trades Œ Icirc)oacute Ο ccedilF oumlu Ÿ Ntildersquo Icirc ucircEgraveconglsaquo Icirc6 y tradelaquo $( θ atildeΖ Š u t F s ugraveŸωu ρ( θ auml9θ agrave) s ocirc y ϑ Iuml9rsquo s + oslash9r ampatildeΝ agrave6 oslashŠ s 9 Icirc)z Νasymp n = iexcliexcl 9 $| M oacuteiexcl s 9$ YΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeΒšχθ aumloacute t G ouml s šdArrt t atildeIacuteο4 θ u Š y s oslash9 $$ u lsaquo divideΡlsquopermil 9 $y permil Ζ Iumlegrave s ugravelaquo $THORN Ο IumlΡ$ t oacute t Β timesοt Š IumlV Ÿ2 4 š Iuml9equivx lsaquo x Ν ccedilG Ψ agrave2
IumliΒatildecong ouml6 s emptyy ϑ s ugrave ordf $oumlΝ agrave6 oslashlsaquo n = t atilde(thorn θ atildeΖ t 7 t F s ugrave 4 āχ Icirc) copy $šχ x $ y ϑ Icircšχθ egrave= y ϑ divideegrave s Z Icirc6 y zlang O you who believe When you go in the Cause of Allah verify (the truth) and say not to anyonewho greets you You are not a believer seeking the perishable goods of the worldly life Thereare much more profits and booties with Allah Even as he is now so were you yourselves beforetill Allah conferred on you His Favours therefore be cautious in discrimination Allah is EverWell Aware of what you do[al-Nisa 494]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 3944
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 3983097 983151983142 983092983093
983125983118983113983124 983092983098 983105983108983126983105983118983107983109983108 983124983119983120983113983107983123
983117983109983105983118983123 983119983110 983109983117983120983112983105983123983113983123 آـ
The richness of the Arabic language demands that there be numerous ways of emphasizing andasserting things Indeed there are usually multiple approaches to making a single statement orconveying a meaning Consequently there are a number of common ways to make emphaticstatements
1 983124983144983141 983120983137983154983156983145983139983148983141 983113983150983150983137 نإ bull This particle is by far the most common form of emphasis and is indeed among the most
commonly used words in Arabic It literally means ldquoverilyrdquo ldquoindeedrdquo ldquocertainlyrdquo etc Itis used by placing it before a nominative sentence and it causes the subject of thesentence to take the accusative case
bull For instance ا
Allah is Mighty Wise
becomes
ا ن إldquoVerily Allah is Might Wiserdquo
bull Note that the word ldquoAllahrdquo in the first sentence is the subject of the nominative sentence
and is in the nominative case (indicated by its ending vowel dhamma) In the secondsentence it takes the accusative case since it is the object of the particle نإ and this isindicated by the ending vowel of fatha
bull Note that the ending [ ن ـ ] of sound masculine plurals is changed to [ ـ ] in both thegenitive and accusative cases while the ending [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] of sound feminine plurals ischanged to [ ت ـ or ت ـ ] in both the genitive and accusative cases
bull Verse 35 of Surah al-Ahzab illustrates this well where Allah describes whom He has prepared forgiveness and a grand reward In this verse a long series of adjectives followsa single particle and they are all objects of that particle
reg
umlβ
Icirc)š
Iumlϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $
Iuml M asymp y ϑ
Icirc=
oacuteiexcl
szligϑ
oslash9 $u ρš
IumlΖ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp o Ψ
IumlΒ
divide σ
szligϑ
oslash9 $ u ρt
IumlG
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $u ρ
Iuml M asymp t F
IumlΖasymp s )
oslash9 $ u ρt
Iuml
Iumlpermil asymp
centAacute 9 $ u ρ
Iuml M asymp s Iumlpermil asymp centAacute 9 $u ρt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml Nequivu Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρt Iumlegrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp y egrave Iumlplusmn asymp y sbquo oslash9 $ u ρt IumlIumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρIuml M asymp s Iumldpermil | Aacute t F szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4044
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830920 983151983142 983092983093
t Iumlϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρIuml M asymp y ϑ Iacutetimes macr asymp centAacute 9 $ u ρš Iumlagrave Iuml asymp p t oslash $u ρoumlΝ szligγ y _ ρatilde egraveugraveIuml M asymp s agrave Iuml asymp y s oslash9 $ u ρš Igrave Aring2equivcopy $u ρ copy $Z IumlV x
Iuml Nequivt Aring2equivcopy $ u ρpoundpermil t atilder amp ordf $Μ ccedilλ m Zοt Iuml oslashoacute Β middot ocirc _r amp u ρ$ Vϑlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
For Muslim men and women- for believing men and women for devout men and women fortrue men and women for men and women who are patient and constant for men and womenwho humble themselves for men and women who give in charity for men and women who fast
for men and women who guard their chastity and for men and women who engage much inAllahs remembrance- for them has Allah prepared forgiveness and great reward
bull When نإ is used with pronouns you must use the attached formso For example ن إ + أ = إ ldquoVerily you rdquo
regy 7 Ρ Icirc) times M Iacutehlsaquo t ΒΝ aringκ Ξ Icirc)u ρt βθ ccedilF Iacutehlsaquo Βlang Verily you will die and they will die [al-Zumar 30]
bull Note that the first person pronoun has two possible formso ن إ + أ = إ or إ o ن إ + = إ or إ
2 983124983144983141 983116983137983149 983151983142 983109983149983152983144983137983155983145983155 ـ آم
bull For further emphasis the letter lam ( ) with fatha can be added to the predicate of aل
sentence
regβ Icirc)z asymp | iexcl ΣM $rsquo Aring forall s 9 A ocirc pound auml zlang Verily all of humanity is surely in a state of loss [Asr 2]
3 983122983141983152983141983156983145983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983120983154983151983150983151983157983150983155bull Sometimes pronouns are repeated in sentences for emphasizing the subject as in many verses
where Allah is the subject
reg$ Ρ Icirc)szlig oslasht w Υ$ u Ζ oslash9uml ldquo t Ρy 7 oslashlsaquo n = t atildet β u tradeouml agrave) oslash9 $WξƒIacute rdquo there4 s lang Indeed it is We who have revealed the Qurrsquoan to you in stages [Insan 23]
983123983145983155983156983141983154983155 983151983142 983113983150983150983137
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4144
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830921 983151983142 983092983093
bull There are two other particles which share the same characteristics of inna and they aretraditionally referred to as its sisters All of them are placed before nominative sentences Inother words they can only precede nouns and not verbs
bull Like inna the objects of these particles (which are the subjects of their nominative sentences)take the accusative case while the predicates of those sentences are in the nominative case
according to the normal rules of the nominative sentences
ـ or و ـ ldquobutrdquo
ن ldquobecauserdquo
regt Πouml θ t ƒ$ y γ t Ρdivide ρt s atildecong y δotildelsaquo s lsquocong agrave2gtπ y egrave AringEcircouml atildeΒ $ poundϑ t atildeocirc M y egrave | Ecircouml lsquo r ampszligigrave ŸOgrave s u ρlsquocong agrave2Iuml Ns Œ cong ocircϑ y m$ y γ n = divideΗ x q ldquot s u ρ
uml$ Ζ9 $3ldquot asymp s 3 szligtrade$ t Βu ρΝ egraveδ3ldquot asymp s 3 Yacuteiexcl Icirc 0pound Aring 3asymp s 9u ρš U x lsaquo t atildelaquo $Oacutepermil ƒIumlpermil x copylang
On the day when you witness it every nursing mother will forget her nursling[ and every pregnant one will drop her load and you shall see mankind in a drunken state yet they willnot be drunken but severe will be the torment of Allah [al-Hajj 222]
bull The particle ـ also exists without the accented noon as ـ and in that form its nounremains in the nominative case It does not accept attached pronouns and it may precedeverbs
regCcedil Aring 3asymp copy9t βθ atildesbquo Aringtradeequivsect 9 $rsquo Icirc ucircEacute Ο ugrave= Iumlegrave oslash9 $oumlΝ aringκ divide ] IumlΒt βθ atildeΨ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρt βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ atildeƒ $ o yuml Iuml 3t ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteampy 7 oslashlsaquo s 9 Icirc) $ t Βu ρt ΑIgrave ldquo Ρ eacuteamp IumlΒy 7 Icirc= ouml6 s 4
t IumlϑŠ Eacute) ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρ n ο4 θ n = centAacute 9 $ 4 šχθ egrave divide σ szligϑ oslash9 $u ρ n ο4 θ Ÿ2uml ldquo 9 $t βθ atildeΖ IumlΒdivide σ ccedilR ugrave Q $u ρlaquo $$ IcircIuml Θouml θ u lsaquo oslash9 $u ρIgrave Aring zFψ $y 7 Iacutetimes macr asymp s 9 ρ eacuteampoumlΝ Iacuteκ Iuml divide σ atildeΨ y trade middot ocirc _r amp$ middotΚlsaquo Iumlagrave t atildelang
But those among them who are well-grounded in knowledge and the believers believe inwhat hath been revealed to thee and what was revealed before thee And (especially) thosewho establish regular prayer and pay Zakat (regular charity) and believe in Allah and in theLast Day To them shall We soon give a great reward [an-Nisa 4162]
983124983144983141 983107983151983150983146983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983113983150983150983137
bull The particle inna is commonly used after the verb qaala (ldquoto sayrdquo) to indicate the reportedspeech In English it is expressed most commonly by the conjunction ldquothatrdquo When usedwith the verb qaala its meaning would be expressed as ldquoHe said that he is comingrdquo orsometimes just by quoting the speech directly without using a conjunction as in ldquoHe said lsquoIam comingrsquordquo Although it appears similar to the inna of emphasis it is a different word andnot being used for emphasis
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4244
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830922 983151983142 983092983093
reg( θ auml9$ s aumliacute divideŠ $$ o Ψ s 9š minus u lsquo Icirci t 6 atildeƒ$ o Ψ copy9$ t Β$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ s 9 4 t Α$ s hellip ccedilmicro Ρ Icirc)atildeΑθ agrave) t ƒ$ p κ Ξ Icirc) timesο t s ) t acirctrade t oslash | sup1Oacuteigrave Iuml$ s ugrave$ y γ ccedilΡouml θ copy9rdquo Yacuteiexcl s š Igrave Iumlagrave asymp Ζ9 $lang
They said ldquoInvoke your Lord to inform us what is the color of the calf [that we are beingcommanded to sacrifice] He [Musa] said that He [Allah] says that it is a calf that is yellow bright in color pleasing to the beholder [al-Baqarah 2247]
bull With other verbs it is written as ن (anna)أ
reg(thorn θ szligϑ n = divideaelig $u ρβr amp copy $y igrave t Βt Eacute) minusG atildeΚ oslash9 $lang
And know that Allah is with the God-fearing [al-Tawbah 936]
regoacute Ο n = divideaelig $$ s ugravehellip ccedilmicro Ρr ampIωt microasymp s 9 Icirc)āω Icirc) ordf $langAnd know that there is no god but Alah [Muhammad 4719]
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4344
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983139983151983149983152983145983148983141983140 983138983161 983108983154 983105983138983157 983130983137983161983140 983159983159983159983155983156983157983140983141983150983156983151983142983145983155983148983137983149983139983151983149 991266 983154983141983158983145983155983141983140 200983094 983120983137983143983141 9830923 983151983142 983092983093
rarr Exercise
regβ Icirc) copy $y igrave t Βt Icirc Eacute 9 asymp centAacute 9 $lang
Translate the above verse _____________________________________________________
Rewrite the sentence without the particle نإ
Rewrite the sentence by replacing the last word as a singular noun
Rewriting the sentence by replacing the last word as a plural feminine noun (ldquopatient womenrdquo)
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips
8212019 Grammar by the Book1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullgrammar-by-the-book1 4444
GG RR AA MM MM AA RR BB Y Y TT HH EE BB OO OO KK
983110983157983150983140983137983149983141983150983156983137983148983155 983151983142 983121983157983154991257983137983150983145983139 983105983154983137983138983145983139
983110983151983154 983110983157983154983156983144983141983154 983123983156983157983140983161
Dr Abdullah Abbas Nadwi Learn the Language of the Holy Qurrsquoan IQRArsquo International 1987
Muhammad Abdul-Rauf PHD Arabic for English Speaking Students Washington DC 1977
Muhammad Hussein al-Daudi Qawalsquoid al-Lughah al-lsquoArabiya lil Mubtadirsquoeen ( ا ا ا ) Dar al-Talae Cairo Egypt
Muhammad b Muhammad al-Sanhā j ī Ibn Ajr ūm Matn al-Ajr ū miyyah ( وا ) Dar al-Īmān Damascus Syria 1985
1 For instance see Pg 133 Bilal Phillips